Burlington Coat Factory Investments S-4 Registration of securities issued in business combination transactions

Subject to completion, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2006

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	5311	20-4663833
(State of Incorporation)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. employer identification number)

1830 Route 130 North

Burlington, New Jersey 08016

(609) 387-7800

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Paul C. Tang, Esq.

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

1830 Route 130 North

Burlington, New Jersey 08016

(609) 387-7800

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

Joshua N. Korff, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Citicorp Center

153 East 53^rd Street

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  The exchange will occur as soon as practicable.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered(1)	Proposed Maximum     Aggregate Offering Price (1)		Amount of     Registration Fee
14 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014	$	99,309,000	$	10,626
Discount		N/A		N/A

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Prospectus Subject to Completion, Dated October 10, 2006

$99,309,000

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.

Exchange Offer for

14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the notes offered hereby. For more details, see “Description of Exchange Notes.”

Offer for outstanding 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of $99,309,000 (which we refer to as the “Old Notes”) in exchange for up to $99,309,000 in aggregate principal amount of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which we refer to as the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Old Notes, the “notes”).

Terms of the Exchange Offer:

• Expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time,                     , 2006, unless extended.

• Not subject to any condition other than that the exchange offer does not violate applicable law or any interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

• We can amend or terminate the exchange offer.

• We will exchange all 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.

• We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

• The exchange of notes will not be taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

• You may withdraw tendered outstanding Old Notes any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.

Terms of the Exchange Notes:

• The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured senior obligations and will be pari passu with or senior to all existing and future debt, but will be effectively subordinated to all secured obligations and structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries, including Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation.

• The Exchange Notes mature on October 15, 2014. Prior to April 15, 2008, no cash interest will accrue on the notes. Either the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes as applicable, will accrete at a rate of 14 ¹/2% compounded semi-annually to an aggregate accreted value of $99,309,000, the full principal amount at maturity ($75,000,000 in gross proceeds upon issuance), on April 15, 2008. Thereafter, interest will accrue at a rate per annum of 14 ¹/2% and will be payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2008. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date on which your Old Notes were effectively exchanged.

• We may redeem the Exchange Notes in whole or in part from time to time. See “Description of Exchange Notes.”

• We may also redeem up to 35% of the Exchange Notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before April 15, 2008. See “Description of Exchange Notes.”

• The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical to our outstanding Old Notes except for transfer restrictions and registration rights.

• Mandatory Partial Redemption: On April 15, 2011, we will be required to redeem a portion of each Exchange Note outstanding on such date. See “Description of Exchange Notes.”

The Exchange Notes will be our unsecured obligation. We have no material assets or operations other than our ownership of 100% of the common stock of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation. None of our subsidiaries will guarantee these Exchange Notes.

For a discussion of specific risks that you should consider before tendering your outstanding 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 in the exchange offer, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

There is no public market for the Old Notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. A broker dealer who acquired Old Notes as a result of market making or other trading activities may use this exchange offer prospectus, as supplemented or amended, in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the Exchange Notes or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is [                    ], 2006

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. The selling noteholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, 14¹/₂% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our 14¹/₂% Senior Discount Notes due 2014.

Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of these new securities. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where those securities were acquired by this broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	14
Forward-Looking Statements	27
The Transactions	28
Use of Proceeds	29
The Exchange Offer	30
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data	37
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	40
Business	61
Management	72
Executive Compensation	74
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management	78
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	80
Description of Other Indebtedness	82
Description of Exchange Notes	84
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations	132
Plan of Distribution	133
Legal Matters	135
Experts	135
Available Information	135
Index To Financial Statements	F-1

TRADEMARKS

Our trademarks include “BCF,” “BCF Burlington Coat Factory,” “Burlington Coat Factory,” “Cohoes,” “Luxury Linens,” “MJM Designer Shoes” and “Baby Depot.”

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision. Therefore, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including, in particular, the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes to those statements. In this prospectus, unless we indicate otherwise or the context requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and “Issuer” refers to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. The term “Holdings” refers to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except with respect to any discussions regarding the Holdings Senior Discount Notes due 2014, in which case “Holdings” refers only to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. The terms “BCF,” “BCFWC” and “Burlington Coat Factory” refer to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. All discussions of operations in this prospectus relate to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers only to Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Holdings is a newly-created wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent that has no material assets or operations other than its ownership of BCFWC. BCFWC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, and is primarily a holding company with few material assets (including one store location and related inventory and the equity interests of its subsidiaries). Holdings was incorporated on April 10, 2006. As Holdings and BCFWC are companies organized under the common control of Parent, the financial statements of BCFWC are reflected in the consolidated financial statements of Holdings as of June 3, 2006. For further information see “The Transactions.” We maintain our records on the basis of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to May 31. Therefore, references to “fiscal 2006,” “fiscal 2005,” “fiscal 2004,” and “fiscal 2003,” refer to our fiscal years ended June 3, 2006, May 28, 2005, May 29, 2004 and May 31, 2003, respectively. We define our “comparative store sales” as sales of those stores (net of sales discounts) that have been open at least 425 days for the entire comparative period.

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at every day low prices (“EDLP”). We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then, we have expanded our store base to 365 stores in 42 states (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage), and diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season better and moderate brands, fashion-focused merchandise, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories, as well as home décor and gifts. We employ a hybrid business model which enables us to offer the low prices of off-price retailers and the branded merchandise, product breadth and product diversity of department stores. We acquire desirable, first-quality, labeled merchandise directly from nationally-recognized manufacturers such as Ralph Lauren, Jones New York, Calvin Klein, Nine West, and Nautica. For the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006, we generated total revenues of approximately $3.4 billion.

As of June 3, 2006, we operated stores under the names “Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse” (“BCFW”) (338 stores exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage), “MJM Designer Shoes” (18 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (7 stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores). The average BCFW store is approximately 85,000 square feet, generally twice the size of most competitive off-price formats. We also offer merchandise for sale through our wholly-owned internet subsidiary, Burlington Coat Factory Direct Corporation, at www.burlingtoncoatfactory.com, www.coat.com and www.babydepot.com.

We purchase a majority of our merchandise pre-season, when department stores make a large portion of their purchases, and the balance of our merchandise in-season (replenishment, re-orders and opportunistic

1

purchases), when off-price retailers make a large portion of their purchases. This unique buying strategy, along with a “no-frills” merchandising approach enables us to offer merchandise at prices substantially below full retail prices. Our strategy of up-front purchasing allows us to acquire a product line with depth of style, size and color more extensive than the product lines of our off-price competitors. Merchandise is displayed on easy-access racks, and sales assistance is provided in specialty departments on a store-by-store basis.

We offer products in two primary categories, Apparel and Other Products, as follows:

• Apparel includes departments that offer clothing items for men, women and children, and apparel accessories such as shoes, jewelry, perfumes and watches. Net sales from continuing operations of Apparel products were approximately 80% of total net sales for fiscal 2006.

• Other Products includes departments that offer baby furniture and accessories, linens and home furnishings. Net sales from continuing operations of Other Products were approximately 20% of total net sales for fiscal 2006.

Holding Company Structures

We are a newly-created wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent and have no material assets or operations other than our ownership of BCFWC. BCFWC is our wholly-owned subsidiary, and is primarily a holding company with few material assets (including one store location and related inventory and the equity interests of its subsidiaries).

Our Competitive Strengths

We compete for customers with off-price retailers, department stores, mass merchants and specialty apparel stores. We believe the combination of the following competitive strengths differentiates our business:

Compelling Value Proposition to Consumers. Our hybrid business model offers the low prices of an off-price retailer as well as the branded merchandise, product breadth and product diversity traditionally associated with department stores. Our business model appeals to both customers seeking low prices and to shoppers with specific merchandise needs for a wide range of style, color and size options. We maintain specific strengths in menswear, juvenile furniture, brand-name and designer coats and brand-name apparel. In contrast to department and specialty stores, our merchandise selection is offered at EDLP. Department stores initially price merchandise at full retail value, then implement a series of promotional and sale events to achieve a lower average sale price. Our customers do not need to wait for promotions to receive the best value. Further, our “no-frills” operations lead to merchandise generally being available at an additional discount to department store sale prices. We offer an attractive option for the growing segment of shoppers seeking department store styles and selection, but also low and consistent prices.

Deep Vendor Relationships with Mutually Attractive Economics. We have long-standing and strong relationships with an extensive network of more than 1,000 vendors. Some of these relationships span up to three decades. We believe our vendor relationships, combined with our buyer- and seller-friendly sourcing terms, make us a sought-after business partner. We seldom require margin guarantee provisions in our supply contracts, providing low-risk accounts to vendors. In contrast, department stores often negotiate margin guarantees into their vendor contracts, exposing these vendors to financial risk. Additionally, our strategy of purchasing a majority of our merchandise pre-season allows us to acquire a product line with a depth of style, size and color that is more extensive than the product lines of our off-price competitors, which make a large portion of their purchases in-season. We purchase no more than 5% of our annual demand from any one supplier and do not maintain any long-term or exclusive commitments to purchase from any single manufacturer.

2

Strong Operational TrackRecord. Our operations have generated profits every year since our inception in 1972.

Diversified Revenue Base with Low Volatility. As of June 3, 2006, we operate 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) in 42 states. We offer merchandise across departments, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories, home décor and gifts. We have diversified our product mix from primarily coats and outerwear as we have grown our other apparel and specialty divisions over time. Ladies’ coats and men’s outerwear comprised 11.0% of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006, down from 13.7% in fiscal 2005.

Recently Remodeled Store Base and Expanded Distribution Network. We have invested heavily in our operations over the past few years by building a new distribution center and refurbishing many of our stores. Over 70% of our existing stores as of June 3, 2006 had been opened, remodeled or expanded within the past seven years in connection with the adoption of our new store prototype. In 2004, we completed our distribution facility in Edgewater Park, New Jersey, and in April 2006, we opened our fourth distribution center on the west coast in San Bernardino, California which currently is fully operational. Given our current distribution center utilization rates, we believe we could double our store base without adding distribution capacity.

Strong Incumbent Management Team. We have an experienced senior management team consisting of 36 individuals. Three of the five senior executives have an average experience of 23 years with us and we recently hired an Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer with 30 years of retail experience, most recently as an executive of a women’s apparel specialty store company. Included in our senior management are 14 merchandise managers with an average tenure of 18 years. We also recently hired an Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer with 22 years of operational, financial, and significant retail experience. We attribute our success in retaining highly desirable personnel in part to the entrepreneurial culture we foster. This rewarding culture draws highly motivated individuals, many of whom have spent nearly their entire careers rising through our ranks. Our management team has been central to our proven track record of consistent profitability.

Our Business Strategy

We intend to pursue the following key elements of our current business strategy:

Offer a wide and appealing selection of brand-name apparel at EDLP. We offer a merchandise selection substantially broader than that of our off-price competitors and similar to the selection found at a department store. Unlike other off-price retailers, we offer a full selection of style, size, and color to our customers. In contrast to merchandise at department and specialty stores, our merchandise is offered at EDLP, allowing customers to obtain the best value at our stores without waiting for sales or promotions. Further, we provide a more inviting shopping environment than our off-price competitors, with wider aisles and easy to navigate merchandise displays.

Provide the widest selection of famous-maker and designer coats of any retailer. Although ladies’ coats and men’s outerwear for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006 comprised only 11.0% of our net sales, our extensive and attractively priced coat selection continues to attract first-time and repeat customers in need of outerwear. Over the last two decades, we have successfully cross-sold our broad product lines to the destination coat shopper. Management believes our model successfully turns many coat customers into repeat shoppers.

Cultivate exceptionally strong vendor relationships. Our relationships with over 1,000 vendors have been built over decades and are difficult for competitors to replicate. These relationships exist throughout our merchandising division. Our sourcing terms enable us to be a strong, long-term partner of our vendors. Unlike department stores, we seldom require margin guarantee provisions in our supply contracts. As a result, we believe vendors enjoy the benefit of our lower risk, clean accounts.

3

Purchase early in each fashion season and reorder in rapid response to trends. We purchase large quantities of merchandise early in each fashion season and reorder merchandise in rapid response to sales trends. We buy the majority of our merchandise pre-season, when department stores make a large portion of their purchases, and the balance in-season, when off-price retailers make a large portion of their purchases. This strategy helps us maintain a sizable, current and varied selection of apparel throughout the year with lower average prices than department stores and superior selection compared with our off-price competitors. Additionally, our ability to “drop-ship” to our stores allows us to move current merchandise quickly and in-season.

Adhere to an opportunistic yet disciplined real estate strategy. We have grown our store base consistently since our founding in 1972, developing more than 98% of our stores organically, rather than through acquisition. We have maintained an average rent per square foot that we believe is well below the rents per square foot paid by many of our off-price competitors. Further, 88% of our stores are leased, rather than owned. Our current typical lease contracts have an initial period of five years, with several renewal options of five years each, and a majority of our leases provide us with a one-time, one-sided termination option after three years. By competitively maintaining our leases, by re-evaluating our current leases and by strategically evaluating opportunities nationwide, we are able to maintain a highly efficient and flexible cost structure and to secure new, desirable real estate at highly favorable terms.

Continue to pursue new store opportunities. We have a proven track record of successful new store expansion. We believe there is ample opportunity for continued store growth. Over the last five fiscal years we have added an average of 20 new stores per year. Our value proposition of large, fashionable assortments at low prices resonates across the country. In addition, we have lower market penetration than many of our off-price competitors, and we believe there is ample opportunity for continued expansion. We believe we can continue to expand our store base at a pace consistent with our recent history.

Achieve gains in operating efficiencies and customer satisfaction. Our management continues to drive operating improvements in our business. We further believe that our new cash back return policy will help increase customer satisfaction. By the end of August 2006, the cash back return policy was implemented in all of our stores, and the national advertisement campaign announcing the policy began in September 2006. We continue to explore ideas to improve our field operations, distribution, and merchandising initiatives including an improvement in planning and allocation on a region-by-region and store-by-store basis.

The Transactions

On January 18, 2006, BCFWC entered into a merger agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. (“Parent”) and BCFWC Mergersub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), each a newly formed holding company owned by affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain Capital”), pursuant to which Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, merged with and into BCFWC (the “Merger”). In connection with the closing of the Merger, Parent contributed all of the stock of BCFWC acquired by it to us in return for all of our issued and outstanding capital stock. As consideration for the Merger, each former holder of BCFWC’s common stock was entitled to receive a cash amount equal to $45.50 per common share. Funds associated with Bain Capital own approximately 98.4% of Parent’s basic common stock, with the remainder held by existing members of management. Additionally, management holds options to purchase 7.5% of the basic shares outstanding.

As a result of the Transactions (as defined below), BCFWC’s shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and we continue our operations as a privately held company. BCFWC financed the Merger and paid related costs and expenses with the following:

• Approximately $225.0 million of drawings (excluding a seasonal working capital adjustment) under $800.0 million of an ABL senior secured revolving credit facility, referred to herein as the ABL Credit Facility;

4

• $900.0 million senior secured term loan facility, referred to herein as the term loan facility and, together with the ABL Credit Facility, the senior secured credit facilities;

• $305.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes of BCFWC at a discount which generated $299.0 million in proceeds at issuance, referred to herein as the BCFWC Senior Notes;

• $99.3 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014, which were offered at a substantial discount and generated gross proceeds of approximately $75.0 million at issuance, and offered to be exchanged hereby;

• Existing cash estimated at $192.5 million; and

• $445.0 million of invested equity from funds associated with Bain Capital and $0.8 million in cash from members of management (collectively all of the transactions described in this paragraph, the “Transactions”).

We retained approximately $32.9 million in capital leases and other existing debt in an amount that was adjusted based on balances at the time of closing of the Merger.

Executive Offices

Our principal offices are located at 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016. Our telephone number is (609) 387-7800. Our web site address is www.burlingtoncoatfactory.com. The information on our website is not deemed to be part of this prospectus.

5

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

On April 13, 2006, we sold, through a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, $99,309,000 of our 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014, all of which are eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes. We refer to these notes as “Old Notes” in this prospectus.

Simultaneously with the private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes. Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement for substantially identical Notes, which will be issued in exchange for the Old Notes, to be filed within 180 days and to become effective on or within 210 days of issuance of the Old Notes. We refer to the Notes to be registered under this exchange offer registration statement as “Exchange Notes” and collectively with the Old Notes, we refer to them as the “Notes” in this prospectus. You may exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in this exchange offer. You should read the discussion under the headings “—Summary of the Exchange Offer,” “The Exchange Offer” and “Description of Exchange Notes” for further information regarding the Exchange Notes.

We did not register the Old Notes under the Securities Act or any state securities law, nor do we intend to after the exchange offer. As a result, the Old Notes may only be transferred in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If the holders of the Old Notes do not exchange their Old Notes in the exchange offer, they lose their right to have the Old Notes registered under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. Anyone who still holds Old Notes after the exchange offer may be unable to resell their Old Notes.

Summary of the Exchange Offer

The Exchange Offer

Securities Offered $99,309,000 principal amount of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014.

The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange the Old Notes for a like principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes. Old Notes may be exchanged only in integral principal at maturity multiples of $1,000. This exchange offer is being made pursuant to a registration rights agreement dated as of April 13, 2006 which granted the initial purchasers and any subsequent holders of the Old Notes certain exchange and registration rights. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy those exchange and registration rights with respect to the Old Notes. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your Old Notes.

Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender The exchange offer will expire 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, or a later time if we choose to extend this exchange offer. You may withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration date. All outstanding Old Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. Any Old Notes not accepted by us for exchange for any reason will be returned to you at our expense as promptly as possible after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

6

Resales We believe that you can offer for resale, resell and otherwise transfer the Exchange Notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act if:

• you acquire the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business:

• you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes;

• you are not an “affiliate” of ours, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

• you are not a broker-dealer.

If any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any Exchange Notes without delivering a proper prospectus or without qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

Each broker-dealer acquiring Exchange Notes issued for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, which it acquired through market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a proper prospectus when any Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are transferred. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue the Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes is subject to certain customary conditions relating to compliance with any applicable law, or any applicable interpretation by any staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any order of any governmental agency or court of law. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Procedures for Tendering Notes Held in the Form of Book-Entry Interests The Old Notes were issued as global securities and were deposited upon issuance with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. which issued uncertificated depositary interests in those outstanding Old Notes, which represent a 100% interest in those Old Notes, to The Depositary Trust Company.

Beneficial interests in the outstanding Old Notes, which are held by direct or indirect participants in the Depository Trust Company, are shown on, and transfers of the Old Notes can only be made through, records maintained in book-entry form by The Depository Trust Company.

You may tender your outstanding Old Notes by instructing your broker or bank where you keep the Old Notes to tender them for you.

7

In some cases you may be asked to submit the BLUE-colored “Letter of Transmittal” that may accompany this prospectus. By tendering your Old Notes you will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed to be bound by the terms set forth under “The Exchange Offer.” Your outstanding Old Notes will be tendered in multiples of $1,000.

A timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, under the procedure described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer” must be received by the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations The exchange offer should not result in any income, gain or loss to the holders of old notes or to us for United States Federal Income Tax Purposes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer.

Shelf Registration Statement In limited circumstances, holders of Old Notes may require us to register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement.

8

Terms of the Exchange Notes

Issuer Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.

Notes Offered $99,309,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity (approximately $75.0 million gross proceeds at issuance) of Exchange Notes due 2014 of Holdings.

Maturity Date October 15, 2014.

Interest Prior to April 15, 2008, no cash interest will accrue on the Exchange Notes (other than any additional interest that may accrue pursuant to the applicable registration rights agreement). The accreted value of each Exchange Note will accrete from the date of issuance until April 15, 2008 at a rate of 14 ¹/2% compounded semi-annually to an aggregate accreted value of $99,309,000. Thereafter, interest will accrue at a rate of 14 ¹/2% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2008. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date on which your Old Notes were effectively exchanged.

Guarantees The Exchange Notes will not be guaranteed by BCFWC or any of its subsidiaries.

Ranking The Exchange Notes will be our general unsecured senior obligations and will rank equally with any of our unsecured and unsubordinated debt and senior to any of our subordinated debt, including our guarantee of the BCFWC Senior Notes, but will be effectively junior to any of our secured obligations, to the extent of the value of the collateral, and any obligations of our subsidiaries, including BCFWC.

On June 3, 2006, our subsidiaries had approximately $897.8 million of total indebtedness under BCFWC’s term loan and $212 million of indebtedness under BCFWC’s ABL Credit Facility, with regard to each of which we are a guarantor. At the date of this prospectus, we had no secured debt other than our guarantee of each of BCFWC’s ABL Credit Facility and term loan facility.

None of BCFWC or any of its subsidiaries will guarantee the Exchange Notes.

Original Issue Discount The Exchange Notes are being offered with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, although cash interest will not be payable on the Exchange Notes prior to April 15, 2008 (with the first interest payment date being October 15, 2008), original issue discount will accrue for tax purposes from the issue date based on the yield to maturity of the Exchange Notes and generally will be included in holders’ taxable income as interest income (including for periods ending on or prior to April 15, 2008) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Optional Redemption Prior to April 15, 2008, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes at any time at a price of 100% of the accreted value of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. On or after April 15, 2008, we may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes at any time at the

9

redemption prices described under “Description of Exchange Notes—Description of Holdings Senior Discount Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2008, we may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price specified under “Description of Exchange Notes—Description of Holdings Senior Discount Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Mandatory Partial Redemption On April 15, 2011, we will be required to redeem a portion of each Exchange Note outstanding on such date to the extent required to prevent such Exchange Note from being traded as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Mandatory Offer to Repurchase Following Certain Asset Sales If we sell certain assets and do not reinvest the net proceeds in compliance with the indenture, we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at 100% of their accreted value, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any).

Change of Control If we experience certain kinds of changes of control, we must offer to purchase Exchange Notes at 101% of their accreted value, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any). There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds to purchase notes tendered. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Offering—We may not have the funds to purchase the notes upon the changes of control offer as required by the indenture governing the notes.”

Certain Covenants The indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

• make investments;

• use assets as security in other transactions; and

• sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issues of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer. We used the proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes to fund the acquisition of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and pay related fees and expenses. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk Factors

Investment in the Exchange Notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks relating to an investment in the Exchange Notes.

For more complete information about the notes, see “Description of Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus.

10

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

We maintain our records on the basis of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to May 31. Results for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 represent the operating results of BCFWC and its subsidiaries as reflected in our consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “Predecessor Company”). Results for 2006 are represented by (i) the results of Holdings (the “Successor Company”) for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006, subsequent to the acquisition of our Company by Bain Capital and other investors and (ii) results of the Predecessor Company for the period from May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006, prior to the acquisition of our Company by Bain Capital and other investors. Set forth below is summary historical consolidated financial data and summary pro forma consolidated financial data for the Predecessor Company and the Successor Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial information for Predecessor Company for the periods presented prior to the acquisition of our Company by Bain Capital and other investors and selected historical financial data and summary pro forma consolidated financial data for the Successor Company for periods presented after such acquisition. The statement of operations data and cash flow data for the fiscal years ended May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004 and the period from May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006, and the balance sheet data as of May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004 have been derived from the audited financial statements of the Predecessor Company. The statement of operations data and cash flow for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006, and the balance sheet date as of June 3, 2006 have been derived from the audited financial statements of the Successor Company.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended June 3, 2006 gives effect to the Transactions, as if the Transactions had occurred as of May 29, 2005. The summary pro forma financial data for the twelve months ended June 3, 2006 were derived by adding our financial data for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 to our financial data for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and by applying pro forma adjustments to those numbers. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would be if the Transactions had occurred at any date, nor do such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period. Unless otherwise stated, the pro forma amounts presented below represent those of Holdings and its subsidiaries.

The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data and operating data should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

11

	Predecessor									Successor
	Fiscal Year Ended						May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006			April 13, through June 3, 2006			Pro Forma Twelve Months Ended June 3, 2006
	May 29, 2004			May 28, 2005
	(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenues:
Net Sales	$	2,833,484		$	3,171,242		$	3,017,633		$	421,180		$	3,438,813
Other Revenue		26,476			28,598			27,675			4,066			31,533
		2,859,960			3,199,840			3,045,308			425,246			3,470,346
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		1,765,478			1,987,159			1,916,798			266,465			2,183,263
Selling and Administrative Expenses		899,984			957,759			897,231			154,691			1,078,193
Depreciation		83,915			89,858			78,804			18,097			136,213
Amortization		75			98			494			9,758			48,267
Interest Expense		5,863			7,334			4,609			18,093			135,870
Other (Income) Loss, Net		(10,335	)		(14,619	)		(3,572	)		(4,876	)		(1,395	)
		2,744,980			3,027,589			2,894,364			462,228			3,580,411
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		114,980			172,251			150,944			(36,982	)		(110,065	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		42,641			66,204			56,605			(9,816	)		(41,285	)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations	$	72,339		$	106,047		$	94,339		$	(27,166	)	$	(68,780	)
Balance Sheet Data:
Total Assets	$	1,579,178		$	1,673,268		$	*		$	3,200,549
Working Capital(1)		330,007			407,240			*			233,165
Total Debt		134,585			133,537			*			1,518,479
Stockholders’ Equity		845,432			926,153			*			419,512
Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Continuing Operations:
Operating Activities(2)	$	23,336		$	142,024		$	430,979		$	(52,893	)
Investing Activities(2)		(118,330	)		(98,493	)		(63,920	)		(2,057,669	)
Financing Activities(2)		98,784			(25,384	)		(102,063	)		1,855,989
Capital Expenditures(3)		125,775			97,340			69,558			6,275
Other Financial Data:
Rent Expense(4)	$	115,900		$	125,300		$	113,317		$	19,327
Cash Rent Expense(5)		114,294			123,149			113,214			17,996
Number of Stores (at end of period)		349			362			367			365
Comparative Store Sales Growth (Decline)(6)		(0.3	)%		6.3	%		*			*
Cash Interest Expense(7)	$	5,160		$	9,363		$	5,538		$	6,223
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(8)		3.6	x		4.6	x		4.6	x		**			0.4	x

* Information not available for interim periods.

** Due to losses for the period April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, the coverage ratio was less than 1:1. BCFWC must generate additional pretax earnings of $37.0 million to achieve a ratio of 1:1 for the period.

12

(1) We define working capital as current assets (excluding assets from discontinued operations) minus current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt and accrued interest thereon).

(2) Excludes cash provided by or used in discontinued operations.

(3) Includes cash paid for property and equipment and lease acquisition costs.

(4) Rent expense represents (i) basic rent expense on a straight-line basis; (ii) contingent rent expense; (iii) amortization of leasehold purchases; and (iv) amortization of leasehold incentives received from landlords.

(5) Includes cash paid for rent expense, including minimum rent payments and contingent rental payments.

(6) Since fiscal 2004, we have defined comparative store sales to include sales (net of sales discounts) of those stores that have operated at least 425 days for the entire comparative period. Existing stores whose square footage has been changed by more than 20% and relocated stores are classified as new stores for comparative store sales purposes. Prior to fiscal 2004: (i) comparative store sales included sales of those stores that have operated at least 365 days for the entire comparative period; (ii) comparative store sales did not include sales discounts; (iii) comparative store sales included sales of all expanded stores; and (iv) relocated stores were treated as new stores for comparative store sales purposes.

(7) Includes cash paid for interest expense excluding the non cash interest related to Holdings Senior Discount Notes.

(8) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include: interest expense; amortization of capitalized finance costs; and a one-third portion of operating lease expenses (primarily rent) that our management believes is representative of the interest component of operating leases.

13

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks, which we believe are all of the material risks related to the Exchange Notes and our business, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in the notes. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment. We may become subject to additional risks in the future.

Risk Factors Relating to the Exchange Notes

Because there is no public market for the Exchange Notes, you may not be able to sell your Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities, and uncertainty exists with regard to:

• the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

• the ability of holders to sell their Exchange Notes; or

• the price at which the holders would be able to sell their Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes might trade a higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

Any market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and may be limited during the exchange offer or the pendency of an applicable shelf registration statement. An active trading market might not exist for the Exchange Notes and any trading market that does develop might not be liquid.

In addition, any holder of Old Notes who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Your Old Notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures.

We will issue Exchange Notes pursuant to this exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your Old Notes (including timely notation in book-entry form). Therefore, if you want to tender your Old Notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your Old Notes by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept your Old Notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Old Notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of Old Notes, we will not accept your Old Notes for exchange.

If you do not exchange your Old Notes, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may be unable to sell your Old Notes.

We did not register the Old Notes, nor do we intend to do so following the exchange offer. The Old Notes that are not tendered will, therefore, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your Old Notes, you will be subject to existing transfer restrictions. As a result, if you hold Old Notes after the exchange offer, you may be unable to sell your Old Notes. If a large number of outstanding Old Notes are exchanged for Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer, it may be difficult for holders of outstanding Old Notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer to sell their Old Notes, since those Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless

14

they are registered or there are exemptions from registration requirements under the Securities Act or state laws that apply to them. In addition, if there are only a small number of Old Notes outstanding, there may not be a very liquid market in those Old Notes. There may be few investors that will purchase unregistered securities in which there is not a liquid market.

If you exchange your Old Notes, you may not be able to resell the Exchange Notes you receive in the exchange offer without registering them and delivering a prospectus.

You may not be able to resell Exchange Notes you receive in the exchange offer without registering those Exchange Notes or delivering a prospectus. Based on interpretations by the Commission in no-action letters, we believe, with respect to Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer, that:

• holders who are not “affiliates” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

• holders who acquire their Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business;

• holders who do not engage in, intend to engage in, or have arrangements to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes; and

• are not broker-dealers

do not have to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Holders described in the preceding sentence must tell us in writing at our request that they meet these criteria. Holders that do not meet these criteria could not rely on interpretations of the SEC in no-action letters, and will have to register the Exchange Notes they receive in the exchange offer and deliver a prospectus for them. In addition, holders that are broker-dealers may be deemed “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer. Holders that are broker-dealers must acknowledge that they acquired their outstanding Exchange Notes in market-making activities or other trading activities and must deliver a prospectus when they resell Exchange Notes they acquire in the exchange offer in order not to be deemed an underwriter.

Risk Factors Related to the Offering

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, including making payments on the notes.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Lower net sales, or higher provision for uncollectibles, generally will reduce our cash flow. Our future cash flow from operations or borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities may not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt, including the notes, or to meet our other obligations and commitments. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we will be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing all or a portion of our debt, including the notes, selling material assets or operations or raising additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that these actions would be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and each indenture governing the notes, may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives.

If we fail to make scheduled payments on our debt or otherwise fail to comply with our covenants, we will be in default and, as a result:

• our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable,

15

• our secured debt lenders could terminate their commitments and commence foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and

• we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

After giving effect to the offering of the Old Notes and related use of proceeds we have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. Subject to the limits contained in the indenture governing the notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the following:

• making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes and our other debt;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

• requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes;

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

• placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and

• increasing our cost of borrowing.

Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent upon a significant amount of cash flow, most of which is generated by our subsidiaries. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries conduct substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets. Therefore, repayment of our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us , by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the notes. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indentures governing the notes limit the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other inter-company payments to us , these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, including the notes.

Our ability to pay interest on and principal of the notes offered hereunder and satisfy our other debt obligations will primarily depend upon our future operating performance. As a result, prevailing economic conditions and financial business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these payments.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt service obligations, including payments on the notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital.

16

Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments and the indentures governing the notes offered hereby may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on acceptable terms.

Contractual limitations on our ability to execute any necessary alternative financing plans could exacerbate the effects of any failure to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations.

The notes will be unsecured and will be effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness.

The notes will not be secured by any of our or our subsidiaries’ assets. The indenture governing the notes permits us and our subsidiaries to incur secured indebtedness, including pursuant to purchase money instruments and other forms of secured indebtedness. As a result, the notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our secured indebtedness and other obligations to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations. If we were to become insolvent or otherwise fail to make payment on the notes, holders of any of our secured obligations would be paid first and would receive payments from the assets securing such obligations before the holders of the notes would receive any payments. You may therefore not be fully repaid if we become insolvent or otherwise fail to make payment on the notes.

The indenture governing the notes imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on us, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indenture governing the notes imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability, among other things, to:

• incur additional indebtedness or enter into sale and leaseback obligations;

• pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on capital stock or repurchase capital stock;

• make certain capital expenditures;

• make certain investments or other restricted payments;

• have our subsidiaries pay dividends or make other payments to us;

• engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates;

• sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;

• guarantee indebtedness; and

• create liens.

As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are limited in how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. If we fail to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future, we may not be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as others that may be contained in the senior secured credit facilities from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

17

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and could substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of Exchange Notes.”

We are the sole obligor under the notes, and our subsidiaries, including BCFWC and its subsidiaries, will not guarantee our obligations under the notes and do not have any obligation with respect to the notes; in case of a default under BCFWC’s debt instruments, BCFWC will not be permitted to pay dividends to us to fund cash interest payments on or mandatory redemptions of the notes. The notes are structurally subordinated to the debt and liabilities of our subsidiaries, including BCFWC, and are effectively subordinated to any of our future secured debt.

We are a holding company that has no operations of our own and derives all of our revenues and cash flow from our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. BCFWC’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to generate sufficient cash from operations to make distributions to us will depend upon our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors beyond BCFWC’s control. In addition, BCFWC’s ability to make distributions to us is subject to restrictions in BCFWC’s various debt instruments. For example, the indenture governing BCFWC’s Senior Notes will permit payment of dividends to us to satisfy our interest payments (beginning two years after issuance when such payments must be made in cash), but only if there is no default or event of default under the BCFWC Senior Notes indenture at such time. The BCFWC Senior Notes indenture otherwise limits the amount of “restricted payments,” including dividends, that BCFWC can make to an amount generally equal to 50% of its net income (as defined), subject to satisfaction of certain other tests and certain exceptions. BCFWC’s senior secured credit facility only permits dividends to us to fund interest so long as BCFWC is in compliance with all covenants and not in default under the credit agreement. As described above, BCFWC’s ability to generate net income will depend upon various factors that may be beyond its control. Its interest expense increased as a result of the acquisition and related Transactions and, because a substantial portion of its debt bears variable rates of interest, its interest expense could increase further in the future. BCFWC and its subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or be permitted by the terms of its debt instruments to pay dividends or distributions to us in amounts sufficient to allow us to pay cash interest on the parent company notes. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we could attempt to restructure or refinance our indebtedness or seek additional equity capital. We may not be able to accomplish these actions on satisfactory terms, if at all. A default under the notes could result in an acceleration of all outstanding loans under BCFWC’s senior secured credit facility which, in turn, would trigger a cross-default under the BCFWC Senior Notes.

The notes are structurally subordinated to all debt and liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries, including BCFWC. Holders of the notes are only entitled to participate with all other holders of our indebtedness and liabilities in the assets of our subsidiaries remaining after our subsidiaries have paid all of their

18

debt and liabilities. Our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or assets to permit payments to us in amounts sufficient to permit us to pay all or any portion of our indebtedness and other obligations, including our obligations on the notes. The indentures with respect to the BCFWC Senior Notes and the notes and the senior secured credit facility permit BCFWC and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. See “Description of Other Indebtedness,” “Description of Exchange Notes—Description of Senior Notes” and “—Description of Holdings Senior Discount Notes.” The notes are structurally junior to BCFWC’s secured debt including our guarantee of BCFWC’s senior secured credit facility, as holders of such secured debt will have claims that are prior to claims of holders of the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing that other debt. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to BCFWC and us, holders of secured debt will have a prior claim to the assets that constitute their collateral. We will be permitted to incur secured debt under the terms of BCFWC’s debt instruments subject to certain conditions.

We may not be able to make the change of control offer required by the indenture.

Upon a change of control, we are required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the accreted value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional interest thereon, if any, to the date of repurchase. The source of funds for that purchase of notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other potential sources from such sources will be available at the time of any change of control to make required repurchases of including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. Sufficient funds from such sources may not be available at the time of any change of control to make required repurchases of the notes tendered. We do not have, and may not in the future have, any assets other than ownership interests in BCFWC. As a result, our ability to repurchase all or any part of the notes upon the occurrence of a change in control will be dependent upon the receipt of dividends or other distributions from our direct and indirect subsidiaries. BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes limit BCFWC’s ability to pay dividends or make any other distributions to us. If BCFWC does not obtain the consent of the lenders under BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities and from the holders of the BCFWC Senior Notes under the BCFWC Senior Notes indenture to permit the repurchase of the notes, we will likely not have the financial resources to purchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control and our subsidiaries will be restricted by the terms of BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes from paying dividends to us or otherwise lending or distributing funds to us for the purpose of such purchase. Our subsidiaries may not have the resources available to pay such dividends or make any such distribution. Furthermore, BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities provides that certain change of control events will constitute a default thereunder and the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes provides that, in the event of a change of control, BCFWC will be required to offer to repurchase the BCFWC Senior Notes at the price specified therefor after such change of control and will not be permitted to distribute dividends to us prior thereto or if there is then a default or event of default under the BCFWC Senior Notes. Our failure to make a change of control offer when required or to purchase tendered notes when tendered would constitute an event of default under the notes. BCFWC’s future debt agreements may contain similar restrictions and provisions. If the holders of the notes exercise their right to require us to repurchase all of the notes upon a change of control, the financial effect of this repurchase could cause a default under BCWFC’s other debt, even if the change of control itself would not cause a default. Accordingly, it is possible that BCFWC will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of its other debt and the notes or that restrictions in the BCFWC senior secured credit facilities or the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes will not allow such repurchases. See “Description of Exchange Notes—Description of Holdings Senior Discount Notes” and “Description of Other Indebtedness” for additional information.

Holders of notes will be required to include original issue discount in their gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The notes will be issued at a substantial discount from their principal amount at maturity. Although cash interest will not accrue on the notes prior to April 15, 2008 original issue discount (the difference between the

19

stated redemption price at maturity and the issue price of the notes) will accrue from the issue date of the notes. Consequently, a U.S. holder of a note will have ordinary income for tax purposes arising from such original issue discount on which it must pay tax regardless of whether cash is received in respect of such income. If a bankruptcy case is commenced by or against BCFWC or us under the United States Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim of a holder of any of the notes with respect to the principal amount thereof may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of: (x) the initial offering price allocable to the notes; and (y) that portion of the original issue discount which is not deemed to constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code. Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of any such bankruptcy filing would likely constitute “unmatured interest.” Accordingly, holders of the notes under such circumstances may, even if sufficient funds are available, receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the express terms of the related indenture. In addition, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would compute the accrual of interest under the same rules as those used for the calculation of original issue discount under federal income tax law and, accordingly, a holder of notes might be required to recognize gain or loss in the event of a distribution related to such a bankruptcy case.

Risks Related to Our Business

For purposes of the following Risk Factor discussion, unless indicated otherwise or the context requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refers to the operations of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our growth strategy includes the addition of a significant number of new stores each year. We may not be able implement this strategy successfully, on a timely basis, or at all. In addition, our growth strategy may strain our resources and cause the performance of our existing stores to suffer.

Our growth will largely depend on our ability to open and operate new stores successfully. We intend to continue to open a significant number of new stores in future years while remodeling a portion of our existing store base annually. The success of this strategy is dependent upon, among other things, the identification of suitable markets and sites for store locations, the negotiation of acceptable lease terms, the hiring, training and retention of competent sales personnel, and the effective management of inventory to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis. Our proposed expansion also will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. In addition, to the extent that our new store openings are in existing markets, we may experience reduced net sales volumes in existing stores in those markets. We expect to fund our expansion through cash flow from operations and, if necessary, by borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility; however, if we experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings. We may not be able to execute any of these strategies successfully, on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to implement these strategies successfully, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to renew or replace our store leases or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, or if any of our current leases are terminated prior to the expiration of their stated term and we cannot find suitable alternate locations, our growth and profitability could be harmed.

We currently lease 88% of our store locations. Our current leases expire at various dates after five-year terms subject, in many cases, to our option to renew such leases for several additional five-year periods. Our ability to renew any expired lease or, if such lease cannot be renewed, our ability to lease a suitable alternate location, and our ability to enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms will depend on many factors which are not within our control, such as conditions in the local real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords. If we are unable to renew existing leases or lease suitable alternate locations, or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, our growth and our profitability may be significantly harmed.

20

Our net sales, operating income and inventory levels fluctuate on a seasonal basis and decreases in sales or margins during our peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.

Our net sales and operating income fluctuate seasonally, with a significant portion of our operating income typically realized during our second and third quarters. In fiscal 2006, we realized 86.8% of our net income during the third quarter. Any decrease in sales or margins during this period could have a disproportionate effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Seasonal fluctuations also affect our inventory levels. We must carry a significant amount of inventory, especially before the holiday season selling period. If we are not successful in selling our inventory, we may have to write down our inventory or sell it at significantly reduced prices or we may not be able to sell such inventory at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in comparative store sales and results of operations could cause our business performance to decline substantially.

Our results of operations for our individual stores have fluctuated in the past and can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. Since the beginning of fiscal 2004, our quarterly comparative store sales growth rates have ranged from 8.9% to (5.1%). In addition, the rate of increase in our recent comparative store sales has been higher than our historical average and we may not be able to maintain this level of growth in comparative store sales in the future.

Our comparative store sales and results of operations are affected by a variety of factors, including:

• fashion trends;

• calendar shifts of holiday or seasonal periods;

• the effectiveness of our inventory management;

• changes in our merchandise mix;

• weather conditions;

• availability of suitable real estate locations at desirable prices and our ability to locate them;

• the timing of promotional events;

• changes in general economic conditions and consumer spending patterns;

• our ability to understand and meet consumer preferences; and

• actions of competitors.

If our future comparative store sales fail to meet expectations, then our cash flow and profitability could decline substantially. You should refer to the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information.

If we are not able to respond to fashion trends in a timely manner or adjust our product offerings successfully, we may be left with unsold inventory, decreased profits or losses.

Our success depends in part on management’s ability to respond to changing fashion tastes and consumer demands and to translate market trends into appropriate, saleable product offerings. Customer tastes and fashion trends change rapidly. If we are unable to successfully identify or react to changing styles or trends and misjudge the market for our product offerings, our sales will be lower and we may be faced with a significant amount of unsold merchandise. In response, we may be forced to increase our marketing promotions or price markdowns, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

21

Because inventory is both fashion and season sensitive, extreme and/or unseasonable weather conditions could have a disproportionately large effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations because we would be forced to mark down inventory.

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, heavy snowfall or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period might make it difficult for our customers to travel to our stores. Our business is also susceptible to unseasonable weather conditions. For example, extended periods of unseasonably warm temperatures during the winter season or cool weather during the summer season could render a portion of our inventory incompatible with those unseasonable conditions. These prolonged unseasonable weather conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not have long-term contracts with any of our vendors and if we are unable to purchase suitable merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, we may be unable to offer a merchandise mix that is attractive to our customers and our sales may be harmed.

Virtually all of the products that we offer are manufactured by third-party vendors. Many of our key vendors limit the number of retail channels they use to sell their merchandise and competition among retailers to obtain and sell these goods is intense. In addition, nearly all of the brands of our top vendors are sold by competing retailers and some of our top vendors also have their own dedicated retail stores. Moreover, we typically buy products from our vendors on a purchase-order basis. We have no long-term purchase contracts with any of our vendors and, therefore, have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and any vendor could change the terms upon which they sell to us or discontinue selling to us at any time.

If our relationships with our vendors are disrupted, we may not be able to acquire the merchandise we require in sufficient quantities or on terms acceptable to us. Any inability to acquire suitable merchandise would have a negative effect on our business and operating results because we would be missing products from our merchandise mix unless and until alternative supply arrangements were made, resulting in deferred or lost sales.

Our business could suffer as a result of manufacturers’ or vendors’ inability to produce goods for us on time and to our specifications.

We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and therefore depend upon independent third parties for the manufacture of all of the goods that we sell. These goods are produced by both domestic and international manufacturers. The inability of manufacturers or vendors to ship orders in a timely manner or to meet our standards could cause us to miss sales of seasonal items, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales, gross margins, financial condition and results of operations.

The raw materials used to manufacture our products and our distribution costs are subject to availability constraints and price volatility, which could result in increased costs.

The raw materials used to manufacture our products are subject to availability constraints and price volatility caused by high demand for petroleum-based synthetic fabrics, weather, supply conditions, government regulations, economic climate and other unpredictable factors. In addition, our transportation and labor costs are subject to price volatility caused by the price of oil, supply of labor, governmental regulations, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, economic climate and other unpredictable factors. Increases in demand for, or the price of, raw materials, distribution services and labor could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increases in transportation costs could result in lower profitability.

Rising gasoline prices affect both our customers and our operations. Our customers may have less available cash to spend at our stores because their monthly gas expenses have impacted available cash for the household. The cost of delivering our merchandise from the warehouses to the stores could continue to increase if gasoline prices continue to rise.

22

Higher labor and health care costs could adversely affect our business.

We compete with other retailers for good and dependable employees. The supply of such employees is limited, and competition to hire and retain them results in higher labor costs. Federal and state minimum hourly wage rates may continue to rise resulting in greater labor costs. In 2006, several states raised their minimum wage rates and several additional states are preparing ballot initiatives on the subject for this November’s elections. In addition, the costs of health care continue to increase each year unabatedly. Recently, some states and localities have passed laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. Although we are currently not affected by such laws, and legal challenges have been brought against such laws, such requirements may be extended to us in the future.

In recent years, higher labor costs and higher health care expenses have been offset somewhat by declining expenses driven by cheaper production costs and excess supplies overseas. If this trend does not continue, or other factors, such as import restrictions, lead to higher apparel costs and we are not able to pass on higher costs to the consumer, our profitability will be adversely affected.

Although we purchase most of our inventory from vendors domestically, apparel production is located primarily overseas.

Factors which affect overseas production could affect our suppliers and vendors and, in turn, our ability to obtain inventory and the price levels at which they may be obtained. Although such factors apply equally to our competitors, factors that cause an increase in merchandise costs or a decrease in supply could lead to lower sales in the retail industry generally.

Such factors include:

• political or labor instability in countries where suppliers are located or at foreign and domestic ports which could result in lengthy shipment delays, which if timed ahead of the fall and winter peak selling periods could materially and adversely affect our ability to stock inventory on a timely basis;

• political or military conflict involving the apparel producing countries, which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products to us and an increase in transportation costs;

• heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods;

• disease epidemics and health related concerns, such as the outbreaks of SARS, bird flu and other diseases, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;

• the migration and development of manufacturers, which can affect where our products are or will be produced;

• fluctuation in our suppliers’ local currency against the dollar, which may increase our cost of goods sold;

• imposition of regulations and quotas relating to imports; and

• imposition of duties, taxes and other charges on imports.

Any of the foregoing factors, or a combination thereof could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs, safeguards or quotas, on apparel and accessories could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to us.

Under the World Trade Organization (“WTO”) Agreement, effective January 1, 2005, the United States and other WTO member countries removed quotas on goods from WTO members, which in certain instances affords

23

greater flexibility in importing textile and apparel products from WTO countries from which our vendors source much of our merchandise. However, as the removal of quotas resulted in an import surge from China, the United States in May 2005 imposed safeguard quotas on seven categories of goods and apparel imported from China, and may impose additional quotas. These and other trade restrictions could have a significant impact on the supply or cost of apparel merchandise. The extent of this impact, if any, and the possible effect on our purchasing patterns and costs, cannot be determined at this time. We cannot predict whether any of the countries in which our merchandise is currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. and foreign governments, nor can we predict the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions against apparel items, as well as U.S. or foreign labor strikes, work stoppages or boycotts could increase the cost or reduce the supply of apparel available to us or may require us to modify our current business practices, any of which could hurt our profitability.

Our business would be disrupted severely if our distribution centers were to shut down.

During fiscal 2006, central distribution and warehousing services were extended to approximately 56% of the dollar volume of our merchandise through our warehouse/distribution facilities in Burlington, New Jersey, Edgewater, New Jersey, Bristol, Pennsylvania, and San Bernardino, California. During fiscal 2007, we expect this percentage to increase as more merchandise is distributed through our new distribution center in San Bernardino, California which opened in April 2006. Most of the merchandise we purchase is shipped directly to our distribution centers, where it is prepared for shipment to the appropriate stores. If any distribution centers were to shut down or lose significant capacity for any reason, our operations would likely be disrupted. Although in such circumstances our stores are capable of receiving inventory directly from the supplier via drop shipment, we would incur significantly higher costs and a reduced control of inventory levels during the time it takes for us to reopen or replace any of the distribution centers.

Our management information systems may fail and cause disruptions in our business.

We rely on our existing management information systems in operating and monitoring all major aspects of our business, including sales, warehousing, distribution, purchasing, inventory control, merchandising planning and replenishment, as well as various financial systems. Although we have redundant computer facilities, extreme situations resulting in loss of those redundant facilities could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, our failure to continue to upgrade, integrate or expend capital on such systems would lead ultimately to our inability to operate and compete efficiently.

We may be unable to compete favorably in the highly competitive retail industry, and if we lose customers to our competitors, our sales could decline, resulting in lower profitability or losses.

The sale of apparel and accessories is highly competitive. Increased competition could result in price reductions, increased marketing expenditures and loss of market share, all of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We compete for sales with a broad range of other retailers, including individual and chain fashion specialty stores and department stores. Our competitors include TJ Maxx, Marshalls, Ross Stores, Kohl’s, Stein Mart and JC Penney, among others. In addition to the traditional specialty, department and large discount store-based retailers, we also compete with direct marketers that sell similar lines of merchandise and target customers through catalogs and e-commerce. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing and other resources available to them.

A decline in general economic conditions may lead to reduced consumer demand for our apparel and accessories.

Consumer spending habits, including spending for our apparel and accessories, are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries, wage rates, the cost and availability of

24

consumer credit, consumer confidence, and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the United States economy and an uncertain economic outlook may adversely affect consumer spending habits, which may result in lower net sales by us. A prolonged economic downturn could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Acts of terrorism could adversely affect our business.

The economic downturn that followed the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 had an adverse impact on our business. Any further acts of terrorism or other future conflict may disrupt commerce and undermine consumer confidence, cause a downturn in the economy generally, cause consumer spending or shopping center traffic to decline or reduce the desire of our guests to make discretionary purchases. Any of the foregoing factors could impact our sales revenue negatively, particularly in the case of any terrorist attack targeting retail space such as a shopping center. Furthermore, an act of terrorism or war, or the threat thereof, could impact our business negatively by interfering with our or our vendors’ ability to obtain merchandise from foreign manufacturers. Any future inability to obtain merchandise from our or our vendors’ foreign manufacturers or to substitute other manufacturers, at similar costs and in a timely manner, could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous regulations. Changes in such regulations could impact the operation of our business through delayed shipments of our goods, or may result in fines, penalties or other obligations that could affect our profitability.

We are subject to minimum wage, employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, truth-in-lending and other laws, including consumer protection regulations, environmental laws and regulations and zoning and occupancy ordinances that regulate retailers generally and/or govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise, the use of our proprietary credit cards and the operation of retail stores and warehouse facilities. Although we undertake to monitor changes in these laws, if these laws change without our knowledge, or are violated by our employees, importers, buying agents, manufacturers or distributors, we could experience delays in shipments and receipt of goods or be subject to fines or other penalties under the controlling regulations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future growth and profitability could be adversely affected if our advertising and marketing programs are not effective in generating sufficient levels of customer awareness and traffic.

We rely heavily on print advertising, especially direct mail, to promote new store openings, to increase consumer awareness of our product offerings and pricing and to drive store traffic. In addition, we rely and will increasingly rely on other forms of media advertising. Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our advertising and marketing programs. In order for our advertising and marketing programs to be successful, we must:

• manage advertising and marketing costs effectively in order to maintain acceptable operating margins and return on our marketing investment; and

• convert customer awareness into actual store visits and product purchases.

Our planned advertising and marketing expenditures may not result in increased total or comparable net sales or generate sufficient levels of product awareness. We may not be able to manage our advertising and marketing expenditures on a cost-effective basis.

There are a limited number of companies capable of distributing our direct mail advertising at the volume levels we require. If any of these companies cease operations, or if their expenses (e.g., postage, printing and paper costs) increase substantially, then it is likely that our advertising expenses will increase, which will have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

25

If we become involved in any material litigation or if any existing litigation is concluded in a manner adverse to us, our earnings may decline.

We are, from time to time, subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. There can be no assurance regarding the outcome of current or future litigation. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Our former Chief Executive Officer with over 50 years of experience recently retired and we are in the process of transitioning to new leadership which may cause business interruptions.

Monroe G. Milstein retired after consummation of the Merger. Monroe Milstein had over 50 years of experience, and was critical to managing the growth of our business. We may experience unforeseen difficulties as we transition to new leadership. Our success is dependent on the continued efforts of our remaining executive officers and our recently hired executive officers, Elizabeth Williams and Thomas Fitzgerald. We entered into employment agreements with Mark Nesci, Paul Tang, Robert LaPenta, Elizabeth Williams, Thomas Fitzgerald and certain other executives, but any of these or any other key employees may not continue to be employed by us for any particular period of time, or these executives may be hired by our competitors, some of which have considerably more financial resources than we do. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The interests of our controlling stockholders may conflict with yours as a holder of the notes.

Funds associated with Bain Capital own over approximately 98.4% of Parent’s basic common stock, with the remainder held by existing members of management. Additionally, management holds options to purchase 7.5% of the basic shares outstanding.

The interests of affiliates of Bain Capital may conflict with yours as a holder of outstanding notes. The controlling stockholders may have an incentive to increase the value of its investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and impact our ability to make payments on the outstanding notes. In addition, the affiliates of Bain Capital have the power to elect a majority of our board of directors and appoint new officers and management and, therefore, effectively control many other major decisions regarding our operations. The interests of Bain Capital or its associated funds may conflict with your interests as a holder of the outstanding notes. For more information, see “Management,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

26

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our future performance, our liquidity, the retail clothing industry, our beliefs and management’s assumptions. Such forward-looking statements include statements regarding expected financial results and other planned events, including but not limited to, anticipated liquidity and capital expenditures. Words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “seek,” “project,” “target,” “goal,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual future events or results may differ materially from these statements.

The following is a list of factors, among others, that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements:

• general or regional economic conditions;

• changing consumer preferences and demand;

• weather patterns;

• competitive factors, including pricing and promotional activities of major competitors;

• industry trends, including changes in buying, inventory and other business practices by customers;

• the availability of desirable store locations on suitable terms;

• the availability, selection and purchasing of attractive merchandise on favorable terms;

• import risks;

• our future profitability;

• our ability to control costs and expenses;

• unforeseen computer related problems;

• any unforeseen material loss or casualty;

• the effect of inflation;

• an increase in competition within the markets in which we compete;

• regulatory changes;

• our relationships with employees;

• the impact of current and future laws;

• additional terrorist attacks, particularly attacks on or within markets in which we operate; and

• natural and man-made disasters, including but not limited to fire, flood, hail, hurricanes and earthquakes.

These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various factors, including those set forth in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and the caption “Liquidity and Capital Resources” included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

27

THE TRANSACTIONS

On January 18, 2006, BCFWC entered into the Merger Agreement with Parent and Merger Sub, each a newly formed holding company owned by affiliates of Bain Capital, pursuant to which Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, merged with and into BCFWC. The Merger closed on April 13, 2006. In connection with the closing of the Merger, Parent contributed all of the stock of BCFWC acquired by it to us in return for all of our issued and outstanding capital stock. As consideration for the Merger, each former holder of BCFWC’s common stock was entitled to receive a cash amount equal to $45.50 per common share. Funds associated with Bain Capital own approximately 98.4% of Parent’s basic common stock, with the remainder held by existing members of management. Additionally, management holds options to purchase 7.5% of the basic shares outstanding.

As a result of the Transactions, BCFWC’s shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and we continue our operations as a privately held company.

28

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes contemplated in this prospectus, you will receive outstanding securities in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the Exchange Notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expense of the exchange offer.

29

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Outstanding Old Notes

We issued the Old Notes on April 13, 2006 and entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. The Registration Rights Agreement requires that we register the Old Notes with the SEC and offer to exchange the registered Exchange Notes for the outstanding Old Notes.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept any and all Old Notes that were acquired pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding Old Notes except that:

(1) the Exchange Notes being issued in the exchange offer will be registered under the Securities Act and will not have legends restricting their transfer;

(2) the Exchange Notes being issued in the exchange offer will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damages provisions contained in the outstanding Old Notes; and

(3) interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date on which your Old Notes were effectively exchanged.

The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding securities and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture.

Holders of Old Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Georgia Business Corporation Code, or the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to herein as the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus, the certificates for any unaccepted Old Notes will be promptly returned, without expense, to the tendering holder.

Holders who tender Old Notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offer. See “Fees and Expenses” and “Transfer Taxes” below.

The exchange offer will remain open for at least 20 full business days. The term “expiration date” will mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2006, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

To extend the exchange offer, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date, we will:

(1) notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice,

30

(2) mail to the registered holders an announcement of any extension, and issue a notice by press release or other public announcement before such expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

(1) if any of the conditions below under the heading “Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall have not been satisfied,

(a) to delay accepting any Old Notes,

(b) to extend the exchange offer, or

(c) to terminate the exchange offer, or

(2) to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided however, that if we amend the exchange offer to make a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least five business days after such amendment or waiver; provided further, that if we amend the exchange offer to change the percentage of Notes being exchanged or the consideration being offered, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least ten business days after such amendment or waiver.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Through Brokers and Banks

Since the Old Notes are represented by global book-entry notes, The Depositary Trust Company or DTC, as depositary, or its nominee is treated as the registered holder of the Old Notes and will be the only entity that can tender your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. Therefore, to tender Old Notes subject to this exchange offer and to obtain Exchange Notes, you must instruct the institution where you keep your Old Notes to tender your Old Notes on your behalf so that they are received on or prior to the expiration of this exchange offer.

The BLUE-colored “Letter of Transmittal” shall be used by you to give such instructions.

IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, PLEASE INSTRUCT YOUR BROKER OR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE IN TIME FOR YOUR OLD NOTES TO BE TENDERED BEFORE THE 5:00 PM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) DEADLINE ON                     , 2006.

To tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer you must represent for our benefit that:

(1) You are acquiring the Exchange Notes for your outstanding Old Notes in the ordinary course of business;

(2) You do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of Exchange Notes;

(3) You are not an “affiliate” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

(4) You will also have to acknowledge that if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

(5) You will also have to acknowledge that if you are a broker-dealer, and acquired the Old Notes as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any for sale of such Exchange Notes.

You must make such representations by executing the Blue colored “Letter of Transmittal” and delivering it to the institution through which you hold your Old Notes.

31

Such institution will have to acknowledge that such representations were made by you.

You may tender some or all of your Old Notes in this exchange offer. However, your Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

When you tender your outstanding Old Notes and we accept them, the tender will be a binding agreement between you and us as described in this prospectus.

The method of delivery of outstanding Old Notes and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk.

We will decide all questions about the validity, form, eligibility, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes, and our reasonable determination will be final and binding on you. We reserve the absolute right to:

(1) reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Note not properly tendered;

(2) refuse to accept any Old Note if, in our reasonable judgment or the judgment of our counsel, the acceptance would be unlawful; and

(3) waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes before the expiration of the offer.

Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer will be final and binding on all parties. You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes as we will reasonably determine. Neither us, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to notify you or any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Old Notes. If we waive any terms or conditions pursuant to (3) above with respect to a noteholder, we will extend the same waiver to all noteholders with respect to that term or condition being waived.

Procedures for Brokers and Custodian Banks; DTC ATOP Account

In order to accept this exchange offer on behalf of a holder of Old Notes you must submit or cause your DTC participant to submit an Agent’s Message as described below.

The exchange agent, on our behalf will seek to establish an Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) account with respect to the outstanding Old Notes at DTC promptly after the delivery of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a DTC participant, including your broker or bank, may make book-entry tender of outstanding Old Notes by causing the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into our ATOP account in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfers. Concurrently with the delivery of Old Notes, an Agent’s Message in connection with such book-entry transfer must be transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent on or prior to 5:00 pm, New York City Time on the expiration date. The confirmation of a book entry transfer into the ATOP account as described above is referred to herein as a “Book-Entry Confirmation.”

The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by the DTC participants to DTC, and thereafter transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent, forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC described in such Agent’s Message stating that such participant and beneficial holder agree to be bound by the terms of this exchange offer.

Each Agent’s Message must include the following information:

(1) Account number of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;

(2) Principal amount of Old Notes tendered by such beneficial owner; and

(3) A confirmation that the beneficial holder of the Old Notes tendered has made the representations for the benefit of the Company set forth under “Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held Through Brokers or Banks” above.

32

BY SENDING AN AGENT’S MESSAGE THE DTC PARTICIPANT IS DEEMED TO HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE BENEFICIAL HOLDER FOR WHOM NOTE ARE BEING TENDERED HAS BEEN PROVIDED WITH A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

The delivery of Old Notes through DTC, and any transmission of an Agent’s Message through ATOP, is at the election and risk of the person tendering Old Notes. We will ask the exchange agent to instruct DTC to promptly return those Old Notes, if any, that were tendered through ATOP but were not accepted by us, to the DTC participant that tendered such Old Notes on behalf of holders of the Old Notes.

Acceptance of Outstanding Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes Issued in the Exchange Offer upon Expiration of the Exchange Offer

We will accept validly tendered Old Notes when the conditions to the exchange offer have been satisfied or we have waived them. We will have accepted our validly tendered Old Notes when we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered Old Notes for exchange because of an invalid tender or other valid reason, the exchange agent will promptly return the certificates, without expense, to the tendering holder after the exchange offer terminates or expires. If a holder has tendered Old Notes by book-entry transfer, we will promptly credit the Notes to an account maintained with The Depositary Trust Company after the exchange offer terminates or expires.

THE AGENT’S MESSAGE MUST BE TRANSMITTED TO EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR BEFORE 5:00 PM, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of outstanding Notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, you should contact your bank or broker where your Old Notes are held and have them send an ATOP notice of withdrawal so that it is received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Such notice of withdrawal must:

(1) specify the name of the person that tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn;

(2) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the CUSIP number and principal amount at maturity of the Old Notes; specify the name and number of an account at the DTC to which your withdrawn Old Notes can be credited.

We will decide all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any tendered Old Notes that you withdraw will not be considered to have been validly tendered. We will promptly return any outstanding Old Notes that have been tendered but not exchanged, or credit them to the DTC account. You may re-tender properly withdrawn Old Notes by following one of the procedures described above before the expiration date.

Conditions To The Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, we are not required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any outstanding Old Notes. We may terminate or amend the exchange offer, before the expiration of the exchange offer:

(1) if any federal law, statute, rule or regulation has been adopted or enacted which, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer;

33

(2) if any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement which this prospectus is a part of or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939; or

(3) if there is a change in the current interpretation by the staff of the SEC which permits holders who have made the required representations to us to resell, offer for resale, or otherwise transfer Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer without registration of the Exchange Notes and delivery of a prospectus, as discussed above.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer. Our failure to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be a waiver of our rights.

Exchange Agent

You should direct questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional copies of this prospectus and the BLUE-colored “Letter of Transmittal” to the exchange agent at:

By Overnight Courier or Mail:	By Registered or Certified Mail:	By Hand:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 6th & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 P.O. Box 1517 Minneapolis, MN 55480	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Corporate Trust Services Northstar East Bldg. – 12th Floor 608 2nd Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attn: Reorg (if by mail, registered or certified recommended)	Attn: Reorg	Attn: Reorg

By Facsimile:	To Confirm by Telephone:
(612) 667-6282 Attn: Bondholder Communications	(800) 344-5128; or (612) 667-9764 Attn: Bondholder Communications

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees And Expenses

We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of mailing expenses.

We will pay the estimated cash expenses connected with the exchange offer.

Accounting Treatment

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the existing Old Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes.

Transfer Taxes

If you tender outstanding Old Notes for exchange you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes. However, if you instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that your Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than you, you will be responsible for paying any transfer tax owed.

YOU MAY SUFFER ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO EXCHANGE OUTSTANDING OLD NOTES.

34

If you do not tender your outstanding Old Notes, you will not have any further registration rights, except for the rights described in the registration rights agreement and described above, and your Old Notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer when we complete the exchange offer. Accordingly, if you do not tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your Old Notes could be adversely affected. Once we have completed the exchange offer, holders who have not tendered Notes will not continue to be entitled to any increase in interest rate that the indenture provides for if we do not complete the exchange offer.

Consequences Of Failure to Exchange

The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the Old Notes may be resold only:

(1) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

(2) so long as the outstanding securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States who is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

(3) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

(4) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of Exchange Notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives Exchange Notes (other than a person that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) in exchange for Old Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, will be allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where the Old Notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

Shelf Registration

The registration rights agreement also requires that we file a shelf registration statement if:

(1) we cannot file a registration statement for the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by law or SEC policy;

(2) a law or SEC policy prohibits a holder from participating in the exchange offer;

(3) a holder cannot resell the Exchange Notes it acquires in the exchange offer without delivering a prospectus and this prospectus is not appropriate or available for resales by the holder; or

(4) a holder is a broker-dealer and holds Notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates.

35

We will also register the Exchange Notes under the securities laws of jurisdictions that holders may request before offering or selling Notes in a public offering. We do not intend to register Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction unless a holder requests that we do so.

Old Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer until:

(1) a person other than a broker-dealer has exchanged the Old Notes in the exchange offer;

(2) a broker-dealer has exchanged the Old Notes in the exchange offer and sells them to a purchaser that receives a prospectus from the broker, dealer on or before the sale;

(3) the Old Notes are sold under an effective shelf registration statement that we have filed; or

(4) the Old Notes are sold to the public under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

36

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We maintain our records on the basis of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to May 31. Results for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 represent the operating results of BCFWC and its subsidiaries as reflected in our consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “Predecessor Company”). Results for 2006 are represented by (i) the results of Holdings (the “Successor Company”) for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006, subsequent to the acquisition of our Company by Bain Capital and other investors and (ii) results of the Predecessor Company for the period from May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006, prior to the acquisition of our Company by Bain Capital and other investors. The selected financial information below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Predecessor															Successor
	Fiscal Year Ended												May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006			April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006
	June 1, 2002			May 31, 2003			May 29, 2004			May 28, 2005
	(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenues:
Net Sales	$	2,519,183		$	2,655,072		$	2,833,484		$	3,171,242		$	3,017,633		$	421,180
Other Revenue		19,969			23,056			26,476			28,598			27,675			4,066
		2,539,152			2,678,128			2,859,960			3,199,840			3,045,308			425,246
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		1,574,991			1,660,170			1,765,478			1,987,159			1,916,798			266,465
Selling and Administrative Expenses		795,523			838,709			899,984			957,759			897,231			154,691
Depreciation		59,469			69,148			83,915			89,858			78,804			18,097
Amortization		31			31			75			98			494			9,758
Interest Expense		958			2,779			5,863			7,334			4,609			18,093
Other (Income) Loss Net		(6,595	)		(6,041	)		(10,335	)		(14,619	)		(3,572	)		(4,876	)
		2,424,377			2,564,796			2,744,980			3,027,589			2,894,364			462,228
Income from Continuing Operations Before Provision for Income Tax		114,775			113,332			114,980			172,251			150,944			(36,982	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		43,435			42,820			42,641			66,204			56,605			(9,816	)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations		71,340			70,512			72,339			106,047			94,339			(27,166	)
Loss from Discontinued Operations (Net of Tax Benefit)(1)		(3,299	)		(4,393	)		(4,363	)		(1,014	)		—			—
Net Income(Loss)	$	68,041		$	66,119		$	67,976		$	105,033		$	94,339		$	(27,166	)

37

	Predecessor															Successor
	Fiscal Year Ended												May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006			April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006
	June 1, 2002			May 31, 2003			May 29, 2004			May 28, 2005
Balance Sheet Data:
Total Assets	$	1,292,562		$	1,337,049		$	1,579,178		$	1,673,268		$	*		$	3,200,549
Working Capital(2)		230,258			195,211			330,007			407,240			*			233,165
Total Debt		23,073			35,505			134,585			133,537			*			1,518,479
Stockholders’ Equity		710,467			777,152			845,432			926,153			*			419,512
Net Cash Provided By (Used In):
Operating Activities(3)	$	235,136		$	76,163		$	23,336		$	142,024		$	430,979		$	(52,893	)
Investing Activities(3)		(183,477	)		(166,448	)		(118,330	)		(98,493	)		(63,920	)		(2,057,669	)
Financing Activities(3)		1,655			(388	)		98,784			(25,384	)		(102,063	)		1,855,989
Capital Expenditures(4)		189,564			165,850			125,775			97,340			69,558			6,275
Other Financial Data:
Rent Expense	$	100,596		$	109,500		$	115,900		$	125,300		$	113,317		$	19,327
Cash Rent Expense(5)		101,488			108,029			114,294			123,149			113,214			17,996
Number of Stores (at end of period)		319			335			349			362			367			365
Comparative Store Sales Growth(6)		(0.3	)%		(1.8	)%		(0.3	)%		6.3	%		*			*
Cash Interest Expense(7)	$	969		$	2,792		$	5,160		$	9,363		$	5,538		$	6,223
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(8)		4.2	x		3.9	x		3.6	x		4.6	x		4.6	x		**

* Information not available for interim periods.

** Due to losses for the period April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, the coverage ratio was less than 1:1. BCFWC must generate additional pretax earnings of $37.0 million to achieve a ratio of 1:1 for the period.

(1) Discontinued operations include the after-tax operations of our stores closed during the fiscal years listed.

(2) We define working capital as current assets (excluding assets from discontinued operations) minus current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt and accrued interest thereon).

(3) Excludes cash provided by or used in discontinued operations.

(4) Includes cash paid for property and equipment and lease acquisition costs.

(5) Consists of cash paid for rent expense, including minimum rent payments and contingent rental payments.

(6) Since fiscal 2004, we have defined comparative store sales to include sales (net of sales discounts) of those stores that have operated at least 425 days for the entire comparative period. Existing stores whose square footage has been changed by more than 20% and relocated stores are classified as new stores for comparative store sales purposes. Prior to fiscal 2004: (i) comparative store sales included sales of those stores that have operated at least 365 days for the entire comparative period; (ii) comparative store sales did not include sales discounts; (iii) comparative store sales included sales of all expanded stores; and (iv) relocated stores were treated as new stores for comparative store sales purposes.

(7) Includes cash paid for interest expense and excludes the non-cash interest related to Holdings Senior Discount Notes.

(8) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include: interest expense; amortization of capitalized finance costs; and a one-third portion of operating lease expenses (primarily rent) that our management believes is representative of the interest component of operating leases.

38

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended June 3, 2006 gives effect to the Transactions, as if the Transactions had occurred as of May 29, 2005. The summary pro forma financial data for the twelve months ended June 3, 2006 were derived by adding our financial data for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 to our financial data for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and by applying pro forma adjustments to those numbers. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would be if the Transactions had occurred at any date, nor do such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period. Unless otherwise stated, the pro forma amounts presented below represent those of Holdings and its subsidiaries.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 3, 2006

	Twelve Months Ended June 3, 2006
	Holdings Actual			Holdings Adjustments for the Transactions			Holdings Pro Forma
	(dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
Net Sales	$	3,438,813		$			$	3,438,813
Other Revenue		31,741			(208	)(1)		31,533
		3,470,554			(208	)		3,470,346
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		2,183,263						2,183,263
Selling and Administrative Expenses		1,051,922			26,271	(2,3,4)		1,078,193
Depreciation		96,901			39,312	(5)		136,213
Amortization		10,252			38,015	(6)		48,267
Interest Expense		22,702			113,168	(7)		135,870
Other (Income) Loss, Net		(8,448	)		7,053	(8)		(1,395	)
		3,356,592			223,819			3,580,411
Income (Loss) from Operations Before Provisions for Income Tax		113,962			(224,027	)		(110,065	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		46,789			(88,074	)(9)		(41,285	)
Net Income (Loss)	$	67,173		$	(135,953	)	$	(68,780	)

(1) Reflects the impact of purchase accounting on straight-line rent income.

(2) Reflects the impact of purchase accounting on straight-line rent expense and leasehold amortization.

(3) Reflects the prorata amount of the new annual advisory fee ($3.5 million) to be paid to Bain Capital in accordance with the new management agreement entered into at the Merger closing. See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

(4) Reflects the inclusion of payroll expenses related to retention bonuses. See Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements.

(5) Reflects the adjustment of historical depreciation expense for the $416.1 million step-up in basis of fixed assets.

(6) Reflects the amortization of $71.4 million of deferred financing fees related to the debt financing of the Merger and the amortization of $637.1 million of net favorable leases.

(7) Reflects the adjustment to interest expense for the new financing arrangements.

(8) Reflects the impact of the Merger on interest income earned on the Company’s available cash for investing.

(9) Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustment at an estimated statutory tax rate of approximately 37.5%.

39

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For purposes of the following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” unless indicated otherwise or the context requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company” refers to the operations of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the financial statements of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. We maintain our records on the basis of a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to May 31. Results for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 represent the results of BCFWC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Predecessor Company”). Results for 2006 are represented by (i) the results of Holdings (the “Successor Company”) for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006, subsequent to the acquisition of BCFWC by Bain Capital and other investors and (ii) results of the Predecessor Company for the period from May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006, prior to the acquisition of BCFWC by Bain Capital and other investors. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere herein.

General

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at every day low prices. We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then, we have expanded our store base to 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) in 42 states, and diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season, fashion-focused merchandise, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories, as well as home décor and gifts. We employ a hybrid business model which enables us to offer the low prices of off-price retailers and the branded merchandise, product breadth and product diversity of department stores. We acquire desirable, first-quality, current-brand, labeled merchandise directly from nationally-recognized manufacturers such as Liz Claiborne, Ralph Lauren, Jones New York, Calvin Klein, Nine West, and Nautica.

As of June 3, 2006, we operated 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) under the names “Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse” (338 stores), “MJM Designer Shoes” (18 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (7 stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores) in 42 states. For the latest fiscal year ended June 3, 2006, we generated revenues of approximately $3.4 billion, which covers May 28, 2005 to April 12, 2006, and April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 on a combined basis.

The Transaction

On January 18, 2006, BCFWC entered into the Merger Agreement among BCFWC, Parent and Merger Sub to sell the entire company to entities directly owned by Bain Capital (collectively, the “Equity Sponsors”).

On April 13, 2006, the transaction was consummated by the Equity Sponsors through a $2.1 billion merger of Merger Sub into BCFWC with BCFWC being the surviving corporation in the Merger. Under the Merger Agreement, former holders of BCFWC’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, received $45.50 per share, or approximately $2.1 billion. Approximately $13.8 million of the $2.1 billion was used, among other things, to settle our equity options. The Merger consideration was funded through the use of our available cash, cash equity contributions from the Equity Sponsors and management and the debt financings as described more fully below.

Following the consummation of the Merger, the Parent entered into a Contribution Agreement with us to effectuate an exchange of shares under Section 351(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Parent delivered to us all of the outstanding shares in BCFWC, and we simultaneously issued and delivered all of our authorized and outstanding shares of common stock to the Parent.

For the fifty-three weeks ended June 3, 2006, the fees and expenses related to the Merger and the related financing transactions principally consisted of advisory fees and expenses of $14.6 million, financing fees and

40

expenses of $54.8 million, and Equity Sponsor fees of $21.4 million. Of the $90.8 million of costs, approximately $14.6 million were included in “Selling and Administrative Expenses” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations, $4.8 million have been accounted for as transaction related costs and the remaining $71.4 million was capitalized as debt issuance costs.

In connection with the Merger we entered into other definitive agreements as further described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements entitled “Basis of Presentation.”

Items Affecting Comparability

Predecessor/Successor bases of accounting

Although BCFWC continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Merger and the period succeeding the Merger, respectively. We refer to the operations of BCFWC and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods. We have prepared our discussion of the results of operations by making pro forma adjustments, assuming the Transactions were consummated on May 29, 2005, to the Successor and Predecessor periods for the twelve month period (fifty-three week period) ended June 3, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”) to the twelve month period (fifty-two week period) ended May 28, 2005 (“fiscal 2005”). Although this presentation does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), we believe it provides the most meaningful comparison of our results. The combined operating results have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Merger and may not be predictive of future results of operations.

As a result of the Merger, our assets and liabilities have been preliminarily adjusted to their fair value as of the closing date. The allocation of fair value is subject to change and the change could be material. Depreciation and amortization expenses are higher in successor accounting period due to these fair value assessments resulting in increases to the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

Interest expense has increased substantially in the successor accounting period. In connection with our financing arrangements, which includes a $800 million senior secured ABL Credit Facility, a $900 million secured term loan, $305 million senior notes and $99.3 million Holdings Senior Discount Notes, each of which are further described in the liquidity section that follows.

Current Conditions

We experienced an increase in sales in fiscal 2006. Net sales from continuing operations for fiscal 2006 were $3.439 billion compared with $3.171 billion for fiscal 2005, an 8.4% increase. These results reflect a 4.3% comparative store sales increase over the comparative period of a year ago. Gross margin percentage decreased during fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005 due primarily to increases in freight costs, slightly lower initial margins and increased costs related to inventory shrinkage. Gross margin percentage was 36.5% for fiscal 2006 compared with 37.3% for fiscal 2005. Total net income for fiscal 2006 was $67.2 million compared with $105.0 million for fiscal 2005. The decrease in total net income is primarily related to Merger related expenses.

During fiscal 2006, we opened nine BCFW stores and three free-standing MJM Designer Shoes stores. An additional seven BCFW stores were relocated during fiscal 2006 to new locations within their existing trading markets. We continuously monitor and evaluate store profitability. Based upon these evaluations, the decision to permanently close a store or to relocate a store within its same trading market is made. Four BCFW stores and our remaining two Luxury Linens stores were closed during fiscal 2006. In addition, we had three BCFW stores that remain temporarily closed due to damage caused by Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma, but after our fiscal 2006 year ended, we reopened two of these stores. One store in the New Orleans remains closed due to damage caused by Hurricane Katrina. We expect this store to reopen in the Spring of 2007. During fiscal 2007, we plan to open 19 additional BCFW stores and relocate four stores to new locations within their existing markets. During fiscal 2007, we have decided to close three Cohoes stores and to convert the remaining four Cohoes stores to BCFW stores.

41

In October 2005, we entered into a lease for approximately 440,000 rentable square feet for a new distribution center in San Bernardino, California. This facility will help us in our supply chain initiative to increase the amount of inventory distributed through our warehouses and decrease the amount of inventory that is drop shipped directly from our vendors to our stores. The initial annual base rent under the lease is approximately $1.46 million.

Key Performance Measures

Management considers numerous factors in assessing our performance. Key performance measures used by management include comparative store sales, inventory turnover, inventory levels, gross margin, net margin and liquidity.

Comparative store sales is a measure of the performance of a store during the current reporting period against the performance of the same store in the corresponding period of the previous year. We experienced an increase in comparative store sales of 4.3% in fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. This increase is primarily due to stronger demand for apparel merchandise compared with the prior fiscal year.

Inventory turnover is a measure that indicates how efficiently inventory is bought and sold. It measures the length of time we own our inventory. This is significant because usually the longer the inventory is owned, the more likely markdowns may be required to sell the inventory. Inventory turnover is calculated by dividing the retail sales before sales discounts by the average retail stock for the period being measured. Our inventory turnover rate was 2.5 in fiscal 2006 and 2.4 in fiscal 2005.

Inventory levels are monitored by management to assure that the stores are properly stocked to service customer needs while at the same time assuring that stores are not over-stocked, which would necessitate increased markdowns to move slow-selling merchandise. To assist with inventory management, we are currently in the process of implementing a third-party markdown optimization software system throughout our stores as previously discussed under “Business—Management Information Systems.” At the end of fiscal 2006, inventory was $708.2 million versus $720.9 million at the end of fiscal 2005. This decrease in inventory is due to the decreases in inventory in our outerwear, men’s and linens divisions. The inventory per store was $1.9 million in fiscal 2006 and $2.0 million in fiscal 2005.

Gross margin is a measure used by management to indicate whether we are selling merchandise at an appropriate gross profit. Gross margin percentage is the difference between net sales and the cost of sales. We experienced a decrease in gross margin percentage for fiscal 2006 to 36.5%, from 37.3% for fiscal 2005. This decrease is primarily related to increases in freight costs, increases in inventory shrinkage, markdowns and slight declines in initial margins.

Net operating margin provides management with an indication of our operating profitability. Net operating margin is the difference between revenues (net sales and other revenue) and the combination of the cost of sales and operating expenses (selling and administrative expenses, amortization and depreciation). Our pro forma net margin was $24.4 million in fiscal 2006 and $164.8 million in fiscal 2005. The decline in operating margin is the result of declines in gross margin, increases in selling, general and administrative costs, and approximately $40.9 million in expenses related to the Merger, and increases in depreciation and amortization also related to the Merger.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $2,023 million for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. The increase relates primarily to acquisition costs of the Merger offset in part by a decrease in capital expenditures of $17.9 million. Net cash provided by financing activities increased $1,779 million compared with the prior fiscal year. The increase relates primarily to the proceeds of the debt and equity financings related to the Merger.

Liquidity measures our ability to generate cash. Management measures liquidity through cash flow and working capital. Cash flow is the measure of cash generated from operating, financing, and investing activities.

42

We experienced an increase in cash flow from operations in fiscal 2006 of $236 million compared with the prior fiscal year. The increase in cash flow for fiscal 2006 is primarily the result of the sale of investments and an increase in our accounts payable. Along with cash flow, working capital assists management in determining our ability to meet our cash requirements.

Working capital measures our current financial position. Working capital is current assets, excluding assets from discontinued operations, minus current liabilities. Working capital at June 3, 2006 was $233.2 million, compared with $407.2 million in fiscal 2005. This decrease in working capital primarily resulted from decreases in cash and investments used to fund the Merger.

Results of Operations

Generally accepted accounting principles do not permit combining the result of the predecessor and successor companies in our consolidated financial statements. However, in order to provide investors with useful information and to facilitate an understanding of fiscal 2006 results in the context of fiscal 2005 financial information, the following table presents historical financial information for the predecessor company for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and for the successor company for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and financial information on a pro forma basis as if the Transaction had occurred on May 29, 2005.

	Predecessor									Successor
	Fiscal Year Ended
	May 29, 2004			May 28, 2005			May 29, 2005 through April 12, 2006			April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006			Pro Forma Twelve Months Ended June 3, 2006
	(dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Revenues:
Net Sales	$	2,833,484		$	3,171,242		$	3,017,633		$	421,180		$	3,438,813
Other Revenue		26,476			28,598			27,675			4,066			31,533
		2,859,960			3,199,840			3,045,308			425,246			3,470,346
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		1,765,478			1,987,159			1,916,798			266,465			2,183,263
Selling and Administrative Expenses		899,984			957,759			897,231			154,691			1,078,193
Depreciation		83,915			89,858			78,804			18,097			136,213
Amortization		75			98			494			9,758			48,267
Interest Expense		5,863			7,334			4,609			18,093			135,870
Other (Income) Loss, Net		(10,335	)		(14,619	)		(3,572	)		(4,876	)		(1,395	)
		2,744,980			3,027,589			2,894,364			462,228			3,580,411
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		114,980			172,251			150,944			(36,982	)		(110,065	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		42,641			66,204			56,605			(9,816	)		(41,285	)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations	$	72,339		$	106,047		$	94,339		$	(27,166	)	$	(68,780	)

The pro forma information for the year ended June 3, 2006 includes an adjustment to selling and administration expenses of $26.3 million to reflect higher rent expense from the impact of purchase accounting, advisory fees paid for a full year and other payroll related expenses due to the Merger, an adjustment to depreciation expense of $39.3 million resulting from fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment

43

resulting from the Merger, an adjustment of $38.0 million for additional amortization related to Net Favorable Leases and deferred debt charges that resulted from the Merger, an adjustment to interest expense of $113.2 million to reflect the higher level of borrowing under our new credit facility and new debt put in place to finance the Merger, an adjustment of $7.1 million to decrease Other (Income) Loss, Net to reflect the reduction in interest income from the Merger, an adjustment to income taxes of $91.9 million to reflect the tax effects of the Merger’s pro forma adjustments based on the Company’s effective tax rate resulting in an adjustment (Loss) from Continuing Operation and Net Loss of ($132.2) million. These pro forma adjustments do not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been had the Merger occurred on May 29, 2005 or to project our results of operations for any future period.

The following table sets forth the various components of our consolidated statements of operations, expressed as a percentage of net sales, for the periods indicated that are used in connection with the discussion herein.

	Successor				Predecessor
	Fiscal Year Ended
	Pro Forma June 3, 2006		May 28, 2005		May 29, 2004
Statement of Operations Data:
Net Sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of Sales	63.5		62.7		62.3
Selling & Administrative Expenses	31.3		30.2		31.8
Depreciation	4.0		2.8		3.0
Amortization	1.4		—		—
Interest Expense	3.9		0.2		0.2
Other (Income) Loss, Net	—		(0.5	)	(0.4	)
Other Revenue	0.9		0.9		0.9
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes	(3.2	)	5.4		4.1
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)	(1.2	)	2.1		1.5
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations	(2.0	)%	3.3	%	2.6	%

Pro Forma Fiscal Year Ended June 3, 2006 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended May 28, 2005

Sales. Consolidated net sales from continuing operations increased $267.6 million, or 8.4%, for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. Comparative stores sales increased 4.3% for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. We define our comparative store sales as sales of those stores that have operated at least 425 days for the entire comparative period. Existing stores whose square footage has been changed by more than 20% and relocated stores are classified as new stores for comparative store sales purposes. Sales during the non-comparative 53rd week were $51.0 million.

Nine new Burlington Coat Factory department stores opened during fiscal 2006 and contributed $66.0 million to net sales in fiscal 2006. Burlington Coat Factory stores opened during fiscal 2005 contributed $32.8 million to this year’s net sales in their non-comparative periods.

The Cohoes Fashions stores contributed $48.5 million to consolidated sales in fiscal 2006 compared with $46.4 million in fiscal 2005. Comparative store sales increased 0.2% for fiscal 2006 compared with the comparative fiscal 2005 period.

The MJM Designer Shoes stores contributed $59.6 million to sales for fiscal 2006 compared with $44.6 million for fiscal 2005. This increase is due to a comparative store sales increase of 6.8% in fiscal 2006. Sales of our three MJM Designer Shoes stores opened during fiscal 2006 amounted to $6.5 million and the sales of four MJM Designer Shoes stores opened during fiscal 2005 amounted to $5.1 million, during their non-comparative periods.

44

Other Revenue. Other Revenue (consisting of rental income from leased departments, sublease rental income, layaway and alteration service charges and miscellaneous revenue items) increased to $31.5 million in fiscal 2006 compared with $28.6 million for fiscal 2005. The increase is related primarily to increases in rental income received from leased departments.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased $196.1 million, or 9.9%, for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. The dollar increase in cost of sales was due primarily to the increase in net sales during fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005 and to increased freight costs. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased from 62.7% in fiscal 2005 to 63.5% in fiscal 2006. The increase in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005 was primarily the result of lower initial margins, increased freight charges, increases in inventory shrinkage and increases in markdowns. The increase in freight charges was due primarily to fuel surcharges resulting from increased gasoline and oil prices. Our freight charges could continue to increase if fuel costs continue to rise. This may have an adverse impact on our cost of sales and gross margin to the extent that we do not pass the increased costs through to our customers. Our cost of sales and gross margin may not be comparable to those of other entities, since some entities include all of the costs related to their buying and distribution functions in cost of sales. We include these costs in the Selling and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We include in our Cost of Sales line item all costs of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), inbound freight, warehouse outbound freight and freight related to internally transferred merchandise and certain merchandise acquisition costs, primarily commissions and import fees.

Selling and Administrative Expense. Selling and Administrative Expenses were $1,078.2 million for fiscal 2006, compared with $957.8 million for fiscal 2005. The increase in Selling and Administrative Expenses was due primarily to expenditures related to the Merger of $40.9 million, an increase in the number of stores in operation during fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005, increases in utility costs, advertising expenditures and employee benefits. As a percentage of Net Sales, Selling and Administrative Expenses were 31.3% for fiscal 2006. Excluding the $40.9 million in merger related costs, Selling and Administrative Expenses as a percentage of sales would be 30.2% for fiscal 2006. For fiscal 2005, Selling and Administrative Expenses were 30.2% of sales.

Depreciation Expense. For fiscal 2006, depreciation expense amounted to $136.2 million compared with $89.9 million for fiscal 2005. This increase is attributable primarily to depreciation recognized on capital additions relating to new store purchases, improvements, expansions and remodelings over the past two fiscal years and to depreciation related to the step up in basis of fixed assets resulting from the valuation of assets completed in connection with the Merger.

Amortization Expense. Amortization expense was $48.3 million for fiscal 2006 compared with $.1 million for fiscal 2005. This increase in amortization expense is primarily due to $637.1 million in Net Favorable Leases recorded as a purchase accounting adjustment and $71.4 million in deferred debt charges recorded as a result of the Transactions.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $135.9 million from $7.3 million for fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005. This increase in interest expense is primarily related to our ABL Credit Facility, our secured term loan, our senior notes and our Holdings Senior Discount Notes which all relate to financing activities related to the Merger.

Other Income, Net. Other Income, Net (consisting of investment income, gains and losses from sale of assets and other miscellaneous items) decreased to $1.4 million for fiscal 2006 compared with $14.6 million for fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we received $0.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, in settlement of claims we had filed in the bankruptcy proceedings of Kmart Corporation in respect of four lease locations which Kmart had subleased to us but had rejected in the bankruptcy proceedings. Of the $4.2 million received during fiscal 2005, $2.8 million related to stores at three locations at which we had continuing operations, and $1.4 million related to one location at which we were required to discontinue operations. There

45

was no investment income for fiscal 2006 and $4.7 million for fiscal 2005. The decrease in investment income is due to decreases in available cash and investments used to finance a portion of the Merger. In addition, in fiscal 2006, we recognized $0.8 million in other income due to a reduction in reserves for claims and losses on the disposition of property and equipment of $2.7 million. Other income items were offset in part by $1.0 million in gains from insurance recoveries. During fiscal 2005, we realized $4.8 million in income due to a reduction in reserves for disputed claims, and $0.8 million in net gains on disposition of property.

Income Tax. Income tax benefit was $41.3 million for fiscal 2006, compared with income tax expense of $66.2 million for fiscal 2005. The effective tax rates for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were 37.5% and 38.4%, respectively.

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. Loss from continuing operations amounted to ($68.8) million for fiscal 2006 compared with Income from Continuing Operations of $106.0 million for fiscal 2005.

Discontinued Operations. There were no discontinued operations recorded in fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2005, we discontinued the operations of three stores and one partnership investment. During fiscal 2005, net sales for these stores amounted to $11.2 million. Gross margin amounted to $2.4 million for fiscal 2005 and loss from discontinued operations amounted to $1.0 million for fiscal 2005.

Net Income (Loss). Net income (loss) decreased ($173.8) million to ($68.8) million for fiscal 2006 from $105.0 million for fiscal 2005.

Stores Damaged by Hurricanes. As a result of the effects of Hurricane Katrina on August 29, 2005 and Hurricane Wilma on October 23, 2005, three of our stores (two in Louisiana and one in Florida) were damaged and remain closed. All merchandise inventories in these three stores, totaling $14.0 million at retail and approximately $7.6 million at cost, were destroyed. We are insured at the selling price of the inventory less a deductible and have been reimbursed in excess of the net book value of the merchandise inventory. All of our long-lived assets at these three stores, which had a net book value of approximately $3.8 million, were damaged or destroyed. We are insured at replacement cost for these assets, except for certain leasehold improvements. During fiscal 2006, we received partial payments on this claim of $12.4 million. During fiscal 2006, we recognized as income $1.0 million in insurance recoveries in excess of the book value of assets damaged. We are unable to determine the amount and timing of any future insurance recoveries.

Fiscal Year Ended May 28, 2005 Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended May 29, 2004

Sales. Consolidated net sales from continuing operations increased $337.8 million, or 11.9%, for fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004, due in part to sales from new stores, and in part to comparative stores sales, which increased 6.3% for fiscal 2005. The increase in comparative store sales was in part the result of colder temperatures throughout the country in the fall months compared with the prior year, and an overall increase in customer demand for apparel merchandise. Comparative store sales of linens and home furnishings (a subset of the home products segment) decreased 2.5% in fiscal 2005 as compared with fiscal 2004. This decrease in the comparative store sales of linens and home furnishings can be attributed to strong competition among retailers of home products. The expansion of stores by competitors, combined with increased product lines being offered by our competitors, has challenged us to continue to find ways to maintain and improve our current market share. In order to counter this trend, we are reevaluating the linen and home furnishings product lines available in our stores, expanding the sections that are experiencing strong sales and improving merchandising methods for obtaining home products. Nine new BCFW stores opened during fiscal 2005 contributed $50.9 million to fiscal 2005 net sales. Stores opened during fiscal 2004 contributed $79.0 million to fiscal 2005 net sales from the beginning of fiscal 2005 to the anniversary of their opening date. We closed two BCFW stores during fiscal 2005. Through June 2003, we operated seven stores under the name “Decelle.” During July 2003, all of these stores were closed. We converted three of these stores to BCFW stores during fiscal 2004 and two of these stores to Cohoes Fashions stores during fiscal 2005. We had no net sales in fiscal 2005 for the Decelle stores. Net sales

46

in fiscal 2004 for the Decelle stores were $3.2 million. The Cohoes Fashions stores contributed $46.4 million to consolidated net sales in fiscal 2005 compared with $38.9 million in fiscal 2004. Cohoes Fashions comparative store sales increased 2.1% in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2005, we converted two former Decelle stores into Cohoes Fashions stores. These two stores contributed $6.6 million to net sales in fiscal 2005. The MJM Designer Shoes stores contributed $44.6 million to fiscal 2005 net sales compared with $29.4 million in fiscal 2004. As of May 28, 2005, 15 MJM Designer Shoes stores were operating. Four new MJM Designer Shoes stores opened during fiscal 2005 contributed $9.2 million to net sales in fiscal 2005. We opened one new Super Baby Depot store in the second half of fiscal 2005, and converted the sole Totally 4 Kids store into a Super Baby Depot store during the second quarter of fiscal 2005. These two stores contributed $2.2 million to net sales in fiscal 2005.

Other Revenue. Other revenue increased to $28.6 million for fiscal 2005 compared with $26.5 million for fiscal 2004. Other revenue consists primarily of rental income from leased departments, sublease rental income, layaway and alteration service charges, and other miscellaneous revenue items, each of which increased compared with the prior year.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased $221.7 million, or 12.6%, for fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004. The dollar increase in cost of sales was due to the increase in net sales during fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased slightly from 62.3% in fiscal 2004 to 62.7% in fiscal 2005. The increase in cost of sales, as a percentage of sales, for fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004 was primarily the result of increased markdowns.

Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses, including amortization of leasehold purchases, increased $58.0 million, or 6.4%, from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005. The increase in selling and administrative expenses was due primarily to the increased number of stores in operation during fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses were 30.2% for fiscal 2005 and 31.8% for fiscal 2004. This percentage decrease is primarily related to comparative store sales increases during fiscal 2005. As a percentage of net sales, payroll related costs declined 0.8% for fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004 as a result of our budgetary controls over payroll expenditures. In addition, occupancy-related expenses declined 0.5% for fiscal year 2005 as compared with fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, we established reserves of $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for future lease obligations relating to stores closed during these periods, of which $0.8 million was paid during fiscal 2005 and $0.5 million was paid during fiscal 2004.

Depreciation Expense. Depreciation expense amounted to $89.9 million in fiscal 2005 compared with $83.9 million in fiscal 2004. This increase of $6.0 million in fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004 is attributable primarily to capital additions relating to new store purchases, improvements, expansions and remodelings over the past two fiscal years.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $1.3 million for fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004. The increase in interest expense is primarily related to the $100.0 million of senior notes issued by us in September 2003 as the interest expense for fiscal 2005 includes twelve months of interest on the notes as compared with fiscal 2004, which included approximately eight months of interest on the notes. The senior notes were repaid in November 2005.

Other Income, Net. Other income, net consists of investment income, gains and losses from sale of assets and other miscellaneous items. Other income, net increased to $14.6 million for fiscal 2005 compared with $10.3 million for fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2005, we received $4.2 million in connection with settlements of claims we had filed in the bankruptcy proceedings of Kmart Corporation in respect of four lease locations which Kmart had subleased to us but had rejected in the bankruptcy proceedings. Of the $4.2 million, $2.8 million relate to stores at three locations at which we have continuing operations, and $1.4 million relate to one location at which we were required to discontinue operations. During fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, we recognized $4.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively, in other income due to a reduction in reserves for disputed claims.

47

For fiscal 2005, we had net gains on disposition of property and equipment of $0.8 million, compared with net gains of $1.6 million for fiscal 2004. Investment related income amounted to $4.7 million fiscal 2005, compared with $2.3 million for the similar period of a year ago. These increases are primarily related to increases in interest income realized from higher amounts of investable funds and to increases in investment rates.

Income Tax. The provision for income taxes was $66.2 million for fiscal 2005 and $42.6 million for fiscal 2004. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2005 was 38.4% compared with 37.1% for fiscal 2004. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily the result of an increase in our expected effective state income tax rate.

Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations amounted to $106.0 million for fiscal 2005 compared with $72.3 million for fiscal 2004. Basic and diluted income per share from continuing operations was $2.37 per share for fiscal 2005 compared with basic and diluted income per share from continuing operations of $1.62 per share for fiscal 2004.

Discontinued Operations. During fiscal 2005 we discontinued the operations of three stores and the operations of one of our consolidated investments. Net sales for these entities amounted to $11.2 million in fiscal 2005. Gross margins amounted to $2.4 million for entities closed during fiscal 2005. Net loss from discontinued operations amounted to $1.0 million during fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2004, we discontinued the operations of eight stores. Net sales for these stores and the three stores closed during fiscal 2005 amounted to $22.8 million in fiscal 2004. Gross margins amounted to $7.0 million for stores closed during fiscal 2004. Net loss from discontinued operations amounted to $4.4 million during fiscal 2004. Loss per share from discontinued operations was $0.02 per share for fiscal 2005 and $0.10 per share for fiscal 2004.

Net Income. Net income increased $37.1 million to $105.0 million for fiscal 2005 from $68.0 million for fiscal 2004. Basic and diluted net income per share was $2.35 per share for fiscal 2005 compared with $1.52 per share for the comparative 2004 period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We fund inventory expenditures during normal and peak periods through cash flows from operating activities, available cash, and our revolving credit facility. Our working capital needs follow a seasonal pattern, peaking in the second quarter of our fiscal year when inventory is received for the Fall selling season. Our largest source of operating cash flows is cash collections from our customers. In general, our primary uses of cash are financing the remodeling of new and existing stores, debt servicing, and providing for working capital, which principally represents the purchase of inventory.

We have been able to meet our cash needs principally by using cash on hand, cash flows from operations and our revolving credit facility.

We believe that cash generated from operations, along with our existing cash and revolving credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund our expected cash flow requirements, and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

Post-Transaction

We have available funds under our ABL Credit Facility, subject to certain conditions. We expect that our primary liquidity requirements will be for debt service, capital expenditures and working capital.

In connection with the Merger and related financing, we have incurred substantial amounts of debt, including amounts outstanding under BCFWC’s $800 million ABL Credit Facility, $900 million term loan, $305 million senior notes, and our $99.309 million Holdings Senior Discount Notes. Interest payments on all our indebtedness have significantly reduced our cash flow from operations. As of June 3, 2006, BCFWC and our indirect subsidiaries had total debt of $1.5 billion.

48

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

$800 Million ABL Credit Facility

BCFWC, as lead borrower, the other borrowers named therein, Bank of America as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders named therein entered into that certain ABL credit agreement dated as of April 13, 2006 (the “ABL Agreement”). The ABL Agreement establishes a revolving credit loan facility with the principal amount of commitments and loans thereunder not to exceed $800 million (which may be increased or decreased with the provisions of the ABL Agreement). Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are limited by a borrowing base which is calculated periodically based on specified percentages of the value of eligible inventory and eligible credit card receivables, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The ABL Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of our U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on all of our inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts and our equity interests in certain of our U.S. subsidiaries and (b) a perfected second priority lien on substantially all of our other real and personal property and that of our subsidiaries, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions. The termination date of the ABL Agreement is the earlier of May 28, 2011 or the date that all obligations under such agreement are satisfied. As of June 3, 2006, we had $212.2 million outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility and unused availability of $267 million.

Term Loan Facility

BCFWC, as borrower, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders identified therein entered into that certain term loan credit agreement dated as of April 13, 2006 (the “Term Loan Agreement”). The Term Loan Agreement establishes a term loan in a principal amount not to exceed $900 million. The term loan facility is guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries and secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on substantially all of our real and personal property and that of our subsidiaries and (b) a perfected second priority lien on all of our inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts and that of our subsidiaries, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions. At the closing of the Merger, the total amount of the term loan was drawn to finance the transaction. The termination date of the Term Loan Agreement is the earlier of May 28, 2013 or the date upon which all obligations pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement are satisfied. As of June 3, 2006, we had $897.8 million outstanding under our term loan facility.

BCFWC Senior Notes

On April 10, 2006, BCFWC issued $305.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due April 15, 2014. The senior notes were issued at a discount and yielded $299.0 million at the transaction date. BCFWC issued the senior notes in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. As of June 3, 2006, BCFWC had $299.2 million outstanding in senior notes.

Interest. Interest on the senior notes will accrue at a rate of 11 ¹/8% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2006.

Guarantees. We and each of our current and future restricted subsidiaries have jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed senior notes. The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis. If BCFWC creates or acquires a new domestic subsidiary, then that subsidiary will guarantee the senior notes on a senior unsecured basis, unless BCFWC designates the subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the indenture governing the senior notes. Holders of the senior notes should not attribute significant value to our guarantee, as we do not have any assets other than our capital stock, and the covenants in the indenture relating to the senior notes do not apply to us.

Optional Redemption. Prior to April 15, 2010, BCFWC may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. On or after

49

April 15, 2010, BCFWC may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time at the redemption prices described in the indenture governing the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2009, BCFWC may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price specified under the indenture governing the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

The “Change of Control” and “Certain Covenants” provisions of the indenture governing the Senior Notes are substantially the same as those described below under “Holdings Senior Discount Notes—Change of Control” or “Holdings Senior Discount Notes—Certain Covenants.”

Holdings Senior Discount Notes

On April 10, 2006, we issued $99,309,000 aggregate principal amount of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due October 15, 2014. The Senior Discount Notes were issued at a discount and yielded $75.0 million at the transaction date. We issued the Holdings Senior Discount Notes in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Interest. Prior to April 15, 2008, no cash interest will accrue on the Holdings Senior Discount Notes. Interest on the Holdings Senior Discount Notes will accrete at rate of 14 ¹/2% compounded semi-annually to an aggregate accreted value of $99 million, the full principal amount at maturity on April 15, 2008. Thereafter, interest will accrue at a rate of 14 ¹/2% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2008.

Guarantees. The Holdings Senior Discount Notes are not guaranteed by BCFWC or any of its subsidiaries.

Optional Redemption. We may redeem any of the Holdings Senior Discount Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2008 at a price equal to 100% of the accreted value of the notes plus a “make-whole” premium. We may redeem any of the Holdings Senior Discount Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after April 15, 2008, at the redemption prices described in the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Discount Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2008, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Holdings Senior Discount Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

Mandatory Partial Redemption. We will be required to redeem a portion of the Holdings Senior Discount Notes outstanding on April 15, 2011, sufficient to ensure those outstanding Holdings Senior Discount Notes will not be “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Change of Control. Upon a change of control, we may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s Holdings Senior Discount Notes at a price equal to 101% of the accreted value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

Certain Covenants. The indenture governing the Holdings Senior Discount Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

• make investments and other restricted payments;

• incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

• create liens;

• permit dividend or other payment restrictions on our restricted subsidiaries;

• sell all or substantially all of our assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies; and

• engage in transactions with affiliates.

50

The amount of all restricted payments that can be made by us is approximately equal to 50% of our consolidated net income (as defined in the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Discount Notes) of the Company since the beginning of the first fiscal quarter following the date on which the Holdings Senior Discount Notes were issued, plus 100% of the net cash proceeds received by us since the date of the indenture from the issue or sale of equity interests. The indenture governing the Holdings Senior Discount Notes prohibits all restricted payments if a default or event of default has occurred under that indenture or if our fixed charge coverage ratio is below 2.0 to 1.0.

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

In May 2006, BCFWC hedged a portion of its interest rate risk, consistent with the requirements under the Section 5.14 of the Term Loan Agreement through the use of interest rate cap agreements. BCFWC entered into two interest rate caps to manage interest rate risk associated with our long-term debt obligations. Each agreement became effective on May 30, 2006. One interest rate cap agreement has a notional principal amount of $300,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, with a reference floating rate which appears on the Telerate Page 3750 two days prior to the reset date, and terminates on May 31, 2011. The other agreement has a notional principal amount of $700,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, with the same reference floating rate as the other interest rate cap agreement, and terminates on May 29, 2009. We do not monitor these interest rate cap agreements for hedge effectiveness and, therefore, we do not account for these interest rate cap agreements as hedges. Gains and losses associated with these contracts are accounted for as interest expense and are recorded under the caption “Interest Expense” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations. We paid $2.5 million for these agreements on May 30, 2006. The fair value of these rate cap agreements is $2.3 million as of June 3, 2006.

The fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are recorded under the caption “Intangible Assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. From the effective date of each agreement to June 3, 2006, the fair market value of the agreements decreased $0.2 million. This change in fair market value is recorded within the line item “Interest Expense” on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Twelve Months Ended June 3, 2006 Compared with Twelve Months Ended May 28, 2005

Net cash provided by continuing operations of $378.1 million for fiscal 2006 increased by $236.0 million from $142.0 million of net cash provided by continuing operations for the comparative period of fiscal 2005. This increase in net cash from continuing operations was due primarily to an increase in the sale of short term investments and to lower expenditures for inventory purchases during fiscal 2006 compared with fiscal 2005.

Net cash (used in) investing activities increased from $(98.5) million for fiscal 2005 to $(2,121.6) million for fiscal 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to acquisition costs related to the Merger.

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $1,753.9 million for fiscal 2006 compared with $(25.4) million of net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2005. This increase is related to the net debt/equity proceeds related to the financing of the Merger. Working capital decreased to $233.2 million at June 3, 2006 from $407.2 million at May 28, 2005. This decrease in working capital and the increase in net cash used in financing activities were due primarily to the prepayment of our $100 million senior notes in November 2005.

Fiscal Year Ended May 28, 2005 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended May 29, 2004

Net cash provided by continuing operations of $142.0 million for fiscal 2005 increased by $118.7 million from $23.3 million in net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2004. This increase in net cash from continuing operations was due primarily to an increase in income from continuing operations of $33.7 million from fiscal 2004, decreases in short term investments and from increases in accounts payable and other current liabilities. Offsetting these increases in part were increases in our merchandise inventory.

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities decreased uses from $(118.8) million for fiscal year ended May 29, 2004 to $(98.6) million for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2005. This decrease in net cash (used

51

in) investing activities in fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to a decrease in cash paid for property and equipment of $32.4 million, as a result of thirteen fewer new store openings and store relocations during fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004, a decrease in restricted cash and equivalents of $5.2 million and an increase in cash used for lease acquisition costs of $4.0 million.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities decreased from $98.8 million for fiscal year ended May 29, 2004 to $(25.4) million for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2005. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to the receipt of proceeds from the issuance of our $100 million senior notes in fiscal 2004 and in increase in dividend payments from $1.3 million in fiscal 2004 to $26.8 million in fiscal 2005.

Working capital increased to $407.2 million at May 28, 2005 from $330.0 million at May 29, 2004. The increase is primarily related to increases in merchandise inventory, offset in part by an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in investments.

Capital Expenditures

During fiscal 2006, we opened nine Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse department stores and relocated seven Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse department stores to new locations within their trading areas. We also opened three MJM Designer Shoes stores during fiscal 2006. As of June 3, 2006, we operated 365 stores (exclusive of the three stores temporarily closed due to Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma) under the names “Burlington Coat Factory” (338 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (7 stores), “MJM Designer Shoes” (18 stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores). We incurred $71.9 million in capital expenditures during fiscal 2006 including $58.4 million for store expenditures, $9.7 million for upgrades of warehouse facilities and $3.8 million for computer and other equipment expenditures. For fiscal 2007, we estimate that we will spend approximately $99.5 million for store openings, improvements to warehouse facilities, information technology upgrades and other capital expenditures. Of the $99.5 million, approximately $78.1 million has been allocated for expenditures related to new stores, relocations and other store requirements, and a portion of this we expect will be funded by our landlords. During fiscal 2007, we plan to open 19 additional BCFW stores and to relocate four stores to new locations within their existing markets.

We monitor the availability of desirable locations for its stores from such sources as dispositions by other retail chains and bankruptcy auctions. We may seek to acquire a number of such locations in one or more transactions. If we undertake such transactions, we may seek additional financing to fund acquisition and carrying charges (i.e., the cost of rental, maintenance, tax and other obligations associated with such properties from the time of commitment to acquire to the time that such locations can be readied for opening as Company stores) related to these stores. There can be no assurance, however, that any additional locations will become available from other retailers or that, if available, we will undertake to bid or be successful in bidding for such locations. Furthermore, to the extent that we decide to purchase additional store locations, it may be necessary to finance such acquisitions with additional long-term borrowings.

Dividends

On November 11, 2005, the Board of Directors of BCFWC declared a cash dividend in the amount of four cents ($0.04) per share payable on January 9, 2006 to stockholders of record on November 28, 2005. The paid dividend amounted to $1.8 million.

Historical Indebtedness

In addition to our indebtedness incurred in the Merger, our long-term borrowings at June 3, 2006 consisted of an industrial development refunding bond of $5.0 million issued by the New Jersey Economic Development Authority (the “Refunding Bonds”), a $1.1 million loan from the Burlington County Board of Chosen Freeholders, capital lease obligations of $26.2 million and a promissory note in the principal amount of $0.4 million related to one of our store locations.

52

Refunding Bonds. The Refunding Bonds consist of $5.0 million of outstanding term bonds maturing on September 1, 2010. The term bonds bear interest at the rate of 6.125% per annum. The average interest rate and average scheduled maturity of the Refunding Bonds are 6.125% and 2.5 years, respectively. Payment of the principal and interest are guaranteed under an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $5.2 million. Refunding Bonds consisting of $0.7 million of term bonds matured on September 1, 2005.

Loan from Burlington County Board of Freeholders. On December 5, 2001, we borrowed $2.0 million from the Burlington County Board of Chosen Freeholders. The proceeds were used for part of the acquisition and development costs of our warehouse facility in Edgewater Park, New Jersey. The loan is interest-free and matures on January 1, 2012. The loan is to be repaid in monthly installments of $16,667 which began on February 1, 2002. The loan is secured by a letter of credit in the amount of $1.2 million.

Capital Lease Obligations. We have capital lease obligations relating to two of our stores. The lease terms at inception for these locations extended over twenty-three years and twenty-one years. The capital lease obligations equal the present value of the minimum lease payments under the leases and amounted to $27.1 million at inception. At June 3, 2006, capital lease obligations amounted to $26.2 million. During fiscal 2006, $2.4 million of lease payments were applied to interest and $0.3 million were applied against capital lease obligations.

Promissory Note. In January 2006, we purchased the groundlease and sublease related to one of our store locations. We financed this purchase partially through the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $0.5 million. The note bears interest at 4.43% per annum and matures on December 23, 2011. The loan evidenced by the note is to be repaid in equal monthly installments of $7,539 which began on February 23, 2006.

On November 2, 2005, we prepaid our $100 million senior notes that were due September 2010 and September 2013. We had been paying interest on two series of notes, a $36.0 million tranche at 4.06% per year and a $64.0 million tranche at 4.67% per year. We paid off these notes out of existing unrestricted cash as well as from the sale of short-term investments. There was no prepayment penalty associated with the payoff of these notes. Unamortized deferred debt charges of $0.5 million were written off as a result of the early payoff of the notes. We prepaid the senior notes because, at the time, projected working capital requirements did not necessitate the maintenance of the notes.

Letters of Credit. We also had letter of credit agreements with two banks in the amount of $14.7 million and $12.7 million guaranteeing performance under various leases, insurance contracts and utility agreements at June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005, respectively.

Indebtedness Following the Transactions

On April 13, 2006, we, as a guarantor of BCFWC’s debt obligations, entered into a senior secured credit facility which consists of the $800 million ABL Credit Facility, and the $900 million term loan facility. The proceeds of the term loan were used to pay the merger consideration in connection with the Transactions. Our existing Refunding Bonds, our loan from the Burlington County Board of Freeholders and our Promissory Note remain outstanding. The ABL Credit Facility also provides for a $300 million letter of credit sub-facility. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

We believe the ABL Credit Facility and the term loan facility, our cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from operations provide adequate cash to fund our working capital, capital expenditure, our debt service and other cash requirements for our existing businesses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to meet future working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, particularly interest rates and changes in the retail market, many of which are outside of our control.

53

Certain Information Concerning Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our contractual obligations as of June 3, 2006 (in millions):

	Payments During Fiscal Years												Thereafter
Contractual Obligations	Total		Less Than 1 Year		2007		2008		2009		2010
Long-Term Debt(1)	$	1,520.9	$	10.1	$	10.2	$	10.3	$	10.4	$	10.4	$	1,469.5
Interest		867.8		115.8		114.8		128.5		127.7		127.0		254.0
Capital Lease Obligations(2)		56.4		2.4		2.5		2.5		2.6		2.6		43.8
Operating Leases		535.3		121.9		105.4		86.5		63.1		41.3		117.1
Purchase Obligations		583.7		579.0		2.1		1.1		1.1		0.4		0
Total	$	3,564.1	$	829.2	$	235.0	$	228.9	$	204.9	$	181.7	$	1,884.4

(1) Excludes interest on Long-Term Debt.

(2) Capital Lease Obligations include future interest payments.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities; (ii) the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements; and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue returns, bad debts, inventories, income taxes, financing operations, asset impairment, retirement benefits, risk participation agreements, vendor promotional allowances, reserves for closed store and contingencies and litigation. Historical experience and various other factors, that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making estimates and judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe that the following represent our more critical estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements:

Intangible Assets and Purchase Accounting

As discussed above, the Merger was completed on April 13, 2006 and was financed by a combination of borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, the issuance of the BCFWC Senior Notes, the issuance of the Holdings Senior Discount Notes and the equity investment of the Equity Sponsors, co-investors and management. The purchase price, including transaction costs was approximately $2.1 billion. Purchase accounting requires that all assets and liabilities be recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets separate from goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include trade names, and net favorable lease positions. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. For the Merger, we obtained independent appraisals and valuations of the intangible (and certain tangible) assets acquired as well as equity. The estimated fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets are based on many factors, including estimates and assumptions of future operating performance, estimates of cost avoidance, the specific characteristics of the identified intangible assets and our historical experience. The estimates and assumptions used to determine the fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets could change due to numerous factors, including market conditions, economic conditions and competition. The carrying values and useful lives for amortization of identified intangible assets are reviewed on an ongoing basis, and any resulting changes in estimates could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

54

When circumstances change, or at least annually, we compare the carrying value of our intangible assets to their estimated fair value. If the carrying value is greater than the respective estimated fair value, we then determine if the asset is impaired, and whether some or all of the asset should be written off as a charge to operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. The estimate of fair value requires various assumptions including the use of projections of future cash flows and discount rates that reflect the risks associated with achieving the future cash flows. Changes in the underlying business could affect these estimates, which in turn could affect the fair value of the assets.

Valuation of Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires periodic tests of the impairment of Goodwill. SFAS No. 142 requires a comparison, at least annually, of the net book value of the assets and liabilities associated with a reporting unit, including goodwill, with the fair value of the reporting unit, which corresponds to the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit, in the absence of an active market. When this comparison indicates that impairment must be recorded, the impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of these assets. Our annual goodwill impairment review will be conducted during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. We use a discounted cash flow approach based on forward-looking information of revenues and costs as well as appropriate discount rates for each reporting unit.

Inventory

Our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) inventory method. Under the retail inventory method, the valuation of inventory at cost and resulting gross margin are determined by applying a calculated cost to retail ratio to the retail value of inventory. The retail inventory method is an averaging method that has been widely used in the retail industry due to its practicality. Additionally, the use of the retail inventory method will result in valuing inventory at the lower of cost or market if markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including, merchandise markon, markups, markdowns and shrinkage which significantly impact the ending inventory valuation at cost as well as the resulting gross margin. Management believes that our retail inventory method and application of FIFO provides an inventory valuation which reasonably approximates cost using a first-in, first-out assumption and results in carrying value at the lower of cost or market. Estimates are used to charge inventory shrinkage for the first three fiscal quarters of the fiscal year. A physical inventory is conducted at the end of the fiscal year to calculate actual shrinkage. We also estimate our required markdown allowances. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional markdowns may be required. While we make estimates on the basis of the best information available to us at the time estimates are made, over accruals or under accruals may be uncovered as a result of the physical inventory requiring fourth quarter adjustments.

Insurance

We have risk participation agreements with insurance carriers with respect to workers’ compensation, liability insurance and health insurance. Pursuant to these arrangements, we are responsible for paying individual claims up to designated dollar limits. The amounts included in our costs related to these claims are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions or claims experience included in the associated insurance programs. An increase in workers’ compensation claims by employees, health insurance claims by employees or liability claims may result in a corresponding increase in our costs related to these claims.

Reserves for Revenue Returns

We record reserves for future revenue returns. The reserves are based on current revenue volume and historical claim experience. If claims experience differs from historical levels, revisions in our estimates may be required.

55

Long-Lived Assets

We test for recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. This includes performing an analysis of anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows of long-lived assets. If the carrying value of the related assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flow, we reduce the carrying value to its fair value, which is generally calculated using discounted cash flows. Various factors including future sales growth and profit margins are included in this analysis. To the extent these future projections change, the conclusion regarding impairment may differ from the estimates. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of underlying assets could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of the assets that may not be reflected in an asset’s current carrying value, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for bad checks, miscellaneous receivables and losses on credit card accounts. This reserve is calculated based upon the assessment of the likelihood of collection of the accounts receivables, including an aging analysis and an analysis of historical collection activities.

Allocation of Purchase Price

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition are valued based on fair market value measures as determined by management with the assistance of third parties. The method used to determine the asset values include a variety of valuation techniques. With respect to trademarks, management under the advisement of a third party, adopted the income approach to value these intangible assets. Under the income approach, the value of our trademarks was determined by the present value of potential future revenues from such trademarks based on a discounted royalty rate.

With respect to internally developed software, we determined the value based on the assumed dollar value of the cost of recreating the source code of such software. The cost of recreating the source code was based on the labor costs for the man hours assumed to be required to create such source code.

In order to determine the value of our leases, we compared our leases with comparable leases available in the market and discounted current lease rates over the life of our existing leases.

In order to determine the step-up in basis for our assets, we applied either the cost approach or market approach, as management determined appropriate under the advisement of third party valuators. Under the cost approach the step-up in basis is determined by the current cost of replacement less estimated applicable depreciation. Under the market approach, the step-up is determined by the market value of comparable assets less applicable depreciation.

With respect to any of the valuation methods, if different assumptions are adopted among the third party valuators, significant changes to the allocation of the purchase price could result. The purchase price allocation to underlying assets and liabilities is subject to change and the change could be material. In addition, the final determination of tax treatment of deal related expenditures and the impact of the Merger on our ability to carry forward net operating losses as well as the final determination of actual tax expenses for fiscal 2006 could result in material changes to the purchase price allocation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2004, the EITF issued a consensus on EITF Issue No. 03-01,The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. In this consensus, the EITF required certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures related to debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS No. 115 that are in an unrealized loss position at the balance sheet date but for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. In addition, the EITF

56

developed a basic model in evaluating whether investments within the scope of EITF Issue No. 03-01 have other-than-temporary impairment. In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1,The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Other Investments. This FSP addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment. Finally, this FSP requires certain disclosure about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary.

This FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted EITF Issue No. 03-01, FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 on May 28, 2005. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006.

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 “Inventory Pricing”.” The standard requires that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) should be excluded from the cost of inventory and expensed when incurred. The provision is effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. We adopted this standard in fiscal 2006 and the adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment.” This statement establishes standards for the accounting of transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods and services, primarily with respect to accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods and services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. Entities will be required to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). The grant-date fair value of employee share options and similar instruments will be estimated using option-pricing models. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before the modification. This statement is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. We will adopt Statement No. 123(R) for fiscal 2007. The statement requires us to use either the modified-prospective method or modified retrospective method. We will utilize the modified-prospective method. Under the modified-prospective method, we must recognize compensation cost for all awards subsequent to adopting the standard and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding upon adoption. The statement permits the use of either the straight-line or an accelerated method to amortize the cost as an expense for awards with graded vesting. While the impact of adopting SFAS 123 (R) will depend on share-based compensation granted in the future and the fair value associated thereto, it is likely to approximate the pro forma compensation expense reported under SFAS 123 as described in our disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) in note A24. Currently, we follow APB No. 25 which does not require the recognition of compensation expense relating to the issuance of stock options so long as the quoted market price of our stock at the date of grant is less than or equal to the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

SFAS 123 (R) also amended FAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” to require the cost benefits for tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation be reported as financing cash inflows rather than as a reduction in income taxes paid, which is included within operating cash flows.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” SFAS No. 153 amends Opinion No. 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exemption for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange is considered to have commercial

57

substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provision is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have any impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation Number (FIN) 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an interpretation of SFAS 143 (Asset Retirement Obligations).” FIN 47 addresses diverse accounting practices that have developed with regard to the timing of liability recognition for legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 also clarifies when an entity should have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. The provision is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. We adopted FIN 47 for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on accounting for derecognition, interest, penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and classification of matters related to uncertainty in income taxes, and transitional requirements upon adoption of FIN 48. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of assessing the impact of the adoption of FIN 48 on its results of operations and financial position.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3.” SFAS No. 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS No. 154 also requires that retrospective application of a change in accounting principle be limited to the direct effects of the change. Indirect effects of a change in accounting principle, such as a change in nondiscretionary profit-sharing payments resulting from an accounting change, should be recognized in the period of the accounting change. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method for long-lived, nonfinancial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate effected by a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 154 as applicable beginning in fiscal 2007.

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (SFAS 156). SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in specific situations. Additionally, the servicing asset or servicing liability shall be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS 156 is effective as of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year, provided the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140” (SFAS 155). SFAS 155 simplifies accounting for certain hybrid instruments currently governed by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133), by allowing fair value remeasurement of hybrid instruments that contain an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. SFAS 155 also eliminates the guidance in SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. D1, “Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized FinancialAssets,” which provides such beneficial interests are not subject to SFAS 133. SFAS 155 amends SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a Replacement of FASB Statement No. 125,” by eliminating the restriction on passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity may hold. This

58

statement is effective for financial instruments acquired or subject to a remeasurement after the beginning of the fiscal year starting after September 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Where applicable, SFAS 157 simplifies and codifies related guidance within generally accepted accounting principles. This statement shall be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim period within those fiscal years. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

We expect that our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter or over the longer term. Certain of the general factors that may cause such fluctuations are discussed under “Risk Factors.”

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal, with our highest sales occurring in the months of September, October, November, December and January of fiscal 2006. For the past five fiscal years, an average 51% of our net sales have occurred during the period from September through January. Weather, however, continues to be an important contributing factor to the sale of clothing in the fall, winter and spring seasons. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the fall and warm during the early spring.

Inflation

We do not believe that our operating results have been materially affected by inflation during the past year. Historically, we have been able to increase our selling prices as the costs of merchandising and related operating expenses have increased, and therefore, inflation has not had a significant effect on operations.

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities will contain floating rate obligations and will be subject to interest rate fluctuations. Our objective of financial risk management is to minimize the negative impact of interest rate fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of a combination of fixed and variable interest debt as well as the periodic use of interest rate cap agreements.

As previously disclosed, BCFWC entered into two interest rate caps to manage interest rate risk associated with our long-term debt obligations which became effective on May 30, 2006. Gains and losses associated with these contracts are accounted for as interest expense and are recorded under the caption “Interest Expense” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations. We continue to have exposure to such risks to the extent they are not hedged.

Interest Rate Cap Agreements.In May 2006, BCFWC hedged a portion of our interest rate risk, consistent with the requirements under the Section 5.14 of the Term Loan Agreement through the use of interest rate cap agreements. BCFWC entered into two interest rate caps to manage interest rate risk associated with long-term debt obligations. Each agreement became effective on May 30, 2006. One interest rate cap agreement has a notional principal amount of $300,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, with a reference floating rate which appears on the Telerate Page 3750 two days prior to the reset date, and terminates on May 31, 2011. The other agreement has a notional principal amount of $700,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, with the same reference floating rate as the other interest rate cap agreement, and terminates on May 29, 2009. We do not monitor these interest rate cap agreements for hedge effectiveness and, therefore, we do not account for these interest rate cap agreements as hedges. Gains and losses associated with these contracts are accounted for as interest expense and are recorded under the caption “Interest Expense” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations. We paid $2.5 million for these agreements on May 30, 2006. The fair value of these rate cap agreements is $2.3 million as of June 3, 2006.

59

The fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are recorded under the caption “Intangible Assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. From the effective date of each agreement to June 3, 2006, the fair market value of the agreements decreased $0.2 million. This change in fair market value is recorded within the line item “Interest Expense” on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity Analysis. We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include changes in interest rates, as borrowings under BCFWC’s ABL Credit Facility and term loan (each of which we guarantee) will bear interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or the base rate, in each case plus an applicable borrowing margin. We will manage our interest rate risk by balancing the amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

At June 3, 2006, we had $380.7 million principal amount of fixed-rate debt and $1,110.0 million of available floating-rate debt. Based on $1,110.0 million outstanding as floating rate debt, an immediate increase of one percentage point would cause an increase to cash interest expense of approximately $11.1 million per year.

If a one point increase in interest rates were to occur over the next four quarters excluding the interest rate cap, such an increase would result in the following additional interest expenses (assuming current borrowing level remain constant) (all amounts in thousands):

Floating Rate Debt	Principal Outstanding at June 3, 2006		Additional Interest Expense Q1 2007		Additional Interest Expense Q2 2007		Additional Interest Expense Q3 2007		Additional Interest Expense Q4 2007
ABL Credit Facility	$	212,239	$	530.8	$	530.8	$	530.8	$	530.8
Term Loan		897,750		2,238.8		2,233.2		2,227.5		2,221.9
Total	$	1,109,989	$	2,769.6	$	2,764.0	$	2,758.3	$	2,752.7

BCFWC has two interest rate cap agreements for a maximum principal amount of $1.0 billion which limit our interest rate exposure to 7% for our first billion of borrowings under our variable rate debt obligations and if interest rates were to increase to or above the 7% cap rate, then our maximum interest rate exposure would be an additional $17.8 million on an annual basis assuming constant current borrowing levels of $1 billion and current interest rate of approximately 5.2%. Currently, we have unlimited interest rate risk related to its variable rate debt in excess of $1 billion. At June 3, 2006, BCFWC’s borrowing rates related to its ABL Credit Facility and its Term Loan were 7.29% and 7.53%, respectively.

Our ability to satisfy our interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt will depend largely on our future performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service our interest payment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness and if we cannot borrow or obtain equity financing to satisfy those obligations, our business and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. We cannot be assured that any replacement borrowing or equity financing could be successfully completed.

A change in interest rates generally does not have an impact upon our future earnings and cash flow for fixed-rate debt instruments. As fixed-rate debt matures, however, and if additional debt is acquired to fund the debt repayment, future earnings and cash flow may be affected by changes in interest rates. this effect would be realized in the periods subsequent to the periods when the debt matures.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

Other than operating leases consummated in the normal course of business, we do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements.

60

BUSINESS

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at every day low prices. We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then and as of June 3, 2006, we have expanded our store base to 365 stores in 42 states (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) and diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season better and moderate brands, fashion-focused merchandise, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories, as well as home décor and gifts. We employ a hybrid business model which enables us to offer the low prices of off-price retailers and the branded merchandise, product breadth and product diversity of department stores. We acquire desirable, first-quality, labeled merchandise directly from nationally-recognized manufacturers such as Ralph Lauren, Jones New York, Calvin Klein, Nine West, and Nautica.

As of June 3, 2006, we operated stores under the names “Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse” (338 stores exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage), “MJM Designer Shoes” (18 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (7 stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores). Since June 3, 2006, we have closed one Super Baby Depot store. The average BCFW store is approximately 85,000 square feet, generally twice the size of most competitive off-price formats. We also offer merchandise for sale through our wholly-owned internet subsidiary, Burlington Coat Factory Direct Corporation, at www.burlingtoncoatfactory.com, www.coat.com and www.babydepot.com.

We purchase a majority of our merchandise pre-season, when department stores make a large portion of their purchases, and the balance of our merchandise in-season (replenishment, re-orders and opportunistic purchases), when off-price retailers make a large portion of their purchases. This unique buying strategy, along with a “no-frills” merchandising approach enables us to offer merchandise at prices substantially below full retail prices. Our strategy of up-front purchasing allows us to acquire a product line with depth of style, size and color more extensive than the product lines of our off-price competitors. Merchandise is displayed on easy-access racks, and sales assistance is provided in specialty departments on a store-by-store basis.

We offer products in two primary categories, Apparel and Other Products, as follows:

• Apparel includes departments that offer clothing items for men, women and children, and apparel accessories such as shoes, jewelry, perfumes and watches. Net sales from continuing operations of Apparel products were approximately 80% of total net sales for fiscal 2006.

• Other Products includes departments that offer baby furniture and accessories, linens and home furnishings. Net sales from continuing operations of Other Products were approximately 20% of total net sales for fiscal 2006.

Holding Company Structures

Parent is a newly-created holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its indirect and direct subsidiaries. Parent holds all of our outstanding common stock.

We are a newly-created wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent and have no material assets or operations other than our ownership of BCFWC. BCFWC is our wholly-owned subsidiary and owns the equity interests in all of its operating subsidiaries.

Our Competitive Strengths

We compete for customers with off-price retailers, department stores, mass merchants and specialty apparel stores. We believe the combination of the following competitive strengths differentiates our business:

Compelling Value Proposition to Consumers. Our hybrid business model offers the low prices of an off-price retailer as well as the branded merchandise, product breadth and product diversity traditionally

61

associated with department stores. Our business model appeals to both customers seeking low prices and to shoppers with specific merchandise needs for a wide range of style, color and size options. We maintain specific strengths in menswear, juvenile furniture, brand-name and designer coats and brand-name apparel. In contrast to department and specialty stores, our merchandise selection is offered at EDLP. Department stores initially price merchandise at full retail value, then implement a series of promotional and sale events to achieve a lower average sale price. Our customers do not need to wait for promotions to receive the best value. Further, our “no-frills” operations lead to merchandise generally being available at an additional discount to department store sale prices. We offer an attractive option for the growing segment of shoppers seeking department store styles and selection, but also low and consistent prices.

Deep Vendor Relationships with Mutually Attractive Economics. We have long-standing and strong relationships with an extensive network of more than 1,000 vendors. Some of these relationships span up to three decades. We believe our vendor relationships, combined with our buyer- and seller-friendly sourcing terms, make us a sought-after business partner. We seldom require margin guarantee provisions in our supply contracts, providing low-risk accounts to vendors. In contrast, department stores often negotiate margin guarantees into their vendor contracts, exposing these vendors to financial risk. Additionally, our strategy of purchasing a majority of our merchandise pre-season allows us to acquire a product line with a depth of style, size and color that is more extensive than the product lines of our off-price competitors, which make a large portion of their purchases in-season. We purchase no more than 5% of our annual demand from any one supplier and do not maintain any long-term or exclusive commitments to purchase from any single manufacturer.

Strong Operational Track Record. Our operations have generated profits every year since our inception in 1972.

Diversified Revenue Base with Low Volatility. As of June 3, 2006, we operate 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) in 42 states. We offer merchandise across departments, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories, home décor and gifts. We have diversified our product mix from primarily coats and outerwear as we have grown our other apparel and specialty divisions over time. Ladies’ coats and men’s outerwear comprised 11.0% of our net sales for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006, down from 13.7% in fiscal 2005.

Recently Remodeled Store Base and Expanded Distribution Network. We have invested heavily in our operations over the past few years by building a new distribution center and refurbishing many of our stores. Over 70% of our existing stores as of June 3, 2006 had been opened, remodeled or expanded within the past seven years in connection with the adoption of our new store prototype. In 2004, we completed our distribution facility in Edgewater Park, New Jersey, and in April 2006, we opened our fourth distribution center on the west coast in San Bernardino, California which currently is fully operational. Our recent expenditures on distribution facilities should lead to reduced capital expenditures in the immediate future. Given our current distribution center utilization rates, we believe we could double our store base without adding distribution capacity.

Strong Incumbent Management Team. We have an experienced senior management team consisting of 36 individuals. Three of the five senior executives have an average experience of 23 years with us and we recently hired an Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer with 30 years of retail experience, most recently as an executive of a women’s apparel specialty store company. Included in our senior management are 14 merchandise managers with an average tenure of 18 years. We also recently hired an Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer with 22 years of operational, financial, and significant retail experience. We attribute our success in retaining highly desirable personnel in part to the entrepreneurial culture we foster. This rewarding culture draws highly motivated individuals, many of whom have spent nearly their entire careers rising through our ranks. Our management team has been central to our proven track record of consistent profitability.

62

Our Business Strategy

We intend to pursue the following key elements of our current business strategy:

Offer a wide and appealing selection of brand-name apparel at EDLP. We offer a merchandise selection substantially broader than that of our off-price competitors and similar to the selection found at a department store. Unlike other off-price retailers, we offer a full selection of style, size, and color to our customers. In contrast to merchandise at department and specialty stores, our merchandise is offered at EDLP, allowing customers to obtain the best value at our stores without waiting for sales or promotions. Further, we provide a more inviting shopping environment than our off-price competitors, with wider aisles and easy to navigate merchandise displays.

Provide the widest selection of famous-maker and designer coats of any retailer. Although ladies’ coats and men’s outerwear for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006 comprised only 11.0% of our net sales, our extensive and attractively priced coat selection continues to attract first-time and repeat customers in need of outerwear. Over the last two decades, we have successfully cross-sold our broad product lines to the destination coat shopper. Management believes our model successfully turns many coat customers into repeat shoppers.

Cultivate exceptionally strong vendor relationships. Our relationships with over 1,000 vendors have been built over decades and are difficult for competitors to replicate. These relationships exist throughout our merchandising division. Our sourcing terms enable us to be a strong, long-term partner of our vendors. Unlike department stores, we seldom require margin guarantee provisions in our supply contracts. As a result, we believe vendors enjoy the benefit of our lower risk, clean accounts.

Purchase early in each fashion season and reorder in rapid response to trends. We purchase large quantities of merchandise early in each fashion season and reorder merchandise in rapid response to sales trends. We buy the majority of our merchandise pre-season, when department stores make a large portion of their purchases, and the balance in-season, when off-price retailers make a large portion of their purchases. This strategy helps us maintain a sizable, current and varied selection of apparel throughout the year with lower average prices than department stores and superior selection compared to our off-price competitors. Additionally, our ability to “drop-ship” to our stores allows us to move current merchandise quickly and in-season.

Adhere to an opportunistic yet disciplined real estate strategy. We have grown our store base consistently since our founding in 1972, developing more than 98% of our stores organically, rather than through acquisition. We have maintained an average rent per square foot that we believe is well below the rents paid per square foot by many of our off-price competitors. Further, 88% of our stores are leased, rather than owned. Our current typical lease contracts have an initial period of five years, with several renewal options of five years each, and a majority of our leases provide us with a one-time, one-sided termination option after three years. By strategically evaluating opportunities nationwide, we are able to maintain a highly efficient and flexible cost structure and to secure new, desirable real estate at highly favorable terms.

Continue to pursue new store opportunities. We have a proven track record of successful new store expansion. We believe there is ample opportunity for continued store growth. Over the last five fiscal years we have added an average of 20 new stores per year. Our value proposition of large, fashionable assortments at low prices resonates across the country. In addition, we have lower market penetration than many of our off-price competitors, and we believe there is ample opportunity for continued expansion. We believe we can continue to expand our store base at a pace consistent with our recent history.

Achieve gains in operating efficiencies and customer satisfaction. Our management continues to drive operating improvements in our business. We further believe that our new cash back return policy will help increase customer satisfaction. By the end of August 2006, the cash back return policy was implemented in all of our stores, and the national advertisement campaign announcing the policy began in September 2006. We continue to explore ideas to improve our field operations, distribution, and merchandising initiatives including an improvement in planning and allocation on a region-by-region and store-by-store basis.

63

Company History

Founded in 1972, BCFWC has grown to become a leading nationwide apparel retailer, generating sales in excess of $3 billion annually. In 1983, we conducted our initial public offering, at the same time expanding from 31 to 68 stores by the end of the following fiscal year. We launched our family footwear department in 1996, which expanded to 54 stores by 1997 and 152 stores in 1998. We were acquired on April 13, 2006 by affiliates of Bain Capital in a take-private transaction. The total transaction value was $2.1 billion, or $45.50 per share in cash.

The Stores

As of June 3, 2006, we operated 365 stores in 42 states under the names “Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse” (338 stores exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage), “MJM Designer Shoes” (18 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (7 stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (2 stores). Our store base is geographically diversified with stores located in 42 states and within all key regions of the U.S.

All of our stores are either free-standing or are located in shopping malls, strip shopping centers or other commercial complexes. We believe that our customers are attracted to our stores principally by the availability of a large assortment of first-quality current brand-name merchandise at EDLP.

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse offers customers a complete line of value-priced apparel, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, family footwear, baby furniture and accessories as well as home décor and gifts. BCFW’s broad selection provides a wide range of apparel, accessories and furnishing for all ages. BCFW has the infrastructure to purchase pre-season and in-season merchandise, allowing us to be nimble when responding to changing market conditions and consumer fashion preferences. Furthermore, we believe BCFW’s substantial selection of staple, destination products such as coats, Baby Depot products as well as men’s and boys’ suits attracts customers from greater distances than the average retailer. These products drive incremental store-traffic and differentiate us from our main competitors.

We opened our first MJM Designer Shoes store in 2002. MJM Designer Shoes offers an extensive collection of men’s, women’s and children’s moderate- to higher-priced designer and fashion shoes, sandals, boots and sneakers. MJM Designer Shoes stores also carry accessories such as handbags, wallets, belts, socks, hosiery and novelty gifts. MJM Designer Shoes stores provide a superior shoe shopping experience for the value conscious consumer by offering a broad selection of quality goods at discounted prices in stores with a convenient self-service layout. As of June 3, 2006, there were 18 MJM Designer Shoes stores in seven states.

Cohoes Fashions offers a broad selection of designer label merchandise for men and women, targeting the fashion conscious mainstream shopper. The stores carry a steadily changing selection of luxury labels. Apparel brands include Armani, Burberry, Calvin Klein, Cavalli, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Prada and Versace. Cohoes Fashions stores also feature youth-oriented labels. In addition, the stores carry decorative gifts and home furnishings. Cohoes Fashions customers enjoy an upscale shopping experience, including convenient services such as a Cohoes Store Credit Card and personal shopping services. Cohoes Fashions, Inc. was acquired by us in 1989 and presently operates a seven-store chain in the Northeast.

Through June 2003, we operated seven stores under the name “Decelle.” During July 2003, these stores were closed. We converted three stores formerly operated as Decelle stores to BCFW stores during fiscal 2004, and converted two stores formerly operated as Decelle stores to Cohoes Fashions stores during fiscal 2005. Through August 2004, we operated one store under the name “Totally 4 Kids.” In October 2004, this store was converted into two separate stores: a Super Baby Depot store and an MJM Designer Shoe store. We closed our two stand-alone Luxury Linens stores during the first half of fiscal 2006 but continue to operate Luxury Linens as a department within our BCFW stores.

64

The table below details our four store concepts:

BCFWC Store Concepts (as of June 3, 2006)

Concept	# Stores		Avg. Size (sq. ft. in thousands)	Net Sales(1) % of Total (dollars in millions)			Merchandise Focus
BCFW	338	(2)	85	$	3,315 96.7	%	Value-priced women’s, men’s, children’s apparel and accessories. Most stores include linens, bath items, gifts, luggage, family footwear, baby apparel and furniture.
MJM Designer Shoes	18		27	$	60 1.7	%	Moderate- to higher-priced designer and fashion men’s, women’s and children’s footwear, handbags and other accessories.
Cohoes Fashions	7		48	$	48 1.4	%	Broad selection of luxury and designer-label merchandise for men and women, decorative gifts and home furnishings.
Super Baby Depot	2	(3)	28	$	6 0.2	%	Brand-name merchandise including apparel, furniture and accessories for newborns, infants and toddlers.

(1) Net sales excludes Other Revenue, consisting of rental income, layaway and alteration charges. Represents net sales for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006.

(2) Excludes 3 stores currently closed due to Hurricanes Katrina and Wilma.

(3) Includes one store located in Moorestown, NJ that closed in June 2006 after our fiscal year end.

In general, we have selected sites for our stores where there are suitable existing structures which can be refurbished and, if necessary, enlarged in a manner consistent with our merchandising concepts. In some cases, space has been substantially renovated or built to our specifications given by us to the lessor. Such properties have been available to us on lease terms which we believe have been favorable. The stores generally are located in close proximity to population centers, other department stores and other retail operations and are usually established near a major highway or thoroughfare, making them easily accessible by automobile. We own substantially all the equipment used in our stores and believe that our selling space is well utilized and that our equipment is well maintained and suitable for its requirements.

Some stores contain departments licensed to unaffiliated parties for the sale of items such as lingerie, fragrances, shoes and jewelry. During fiscal 2006, our rental income from all of our licensed departments aggregated less than 1% of our total revenues.

Growth and Expansion

Since 1972 when our first store was opened in Burlington, New Jersey, we have expanded to 338 BCFW stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage), seven Cohoes Fashions stores, 18 MJM Designer Shoes stores, and one stand-alone Super Baby Depot store. We closed one of our Super Baby Depot stores in June after the fiscal year end.

We believe our real estate locations represent a competitive advantage. As one of the early players in the off-price branded apparel industry, we benefited from an ample supply of highly attractive real estate locations. We can fill retail space of up to 120,000 square feet, occupying significantly larger boxes than our typical off-price or specialty store competitors. Major landlords frequently seek us as a tenant because the appeal

65

of our apparel merchandise profile attracts a desired customer base and because we can take on larger facilities than most of our competitors. In addition, we have built long-standing relationships with major shopping center developers. At June 3, 2006, we operated stores in 42 states. We plan to open stores in two additional states, Mississippi and North Dakota in fiscal 2007, and we are exploring expansion opportunities both within our current market areas and in other regions.

We believe that our ability to find satisfactory locations for our stores is essential for the continued growth of our business. The opening of stores generally is contingent upon a number of factors, including the availability of desirable locations with suitable structures and the negotiation of acceptable lease terms. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to find suitable locations for new stores or that even if such locations are found and acceptable lease terms are obtained, we will be able to open the number of new stores presently planned.

We seek to maintain our competitive position and improve our prospects by periodically re-evaluating our methods of operation, including our pricing and inventory policies, the format of our stores and our ownership or leasing of stores.

New Cash Back Return Policy

In August 2006, we implemented a new 30-day cash back return policy which we believe will increase sales and improve customer satisfaction. Based on studies conducted by consultants engaged by us, this new cash back policy should improve sales among our existing customers who would prefer cash back for their timely returns instead of store credit. In addition, we may be able to convert non-customers to customers by offering cash back returns.

Exclusive Private Men’s Label

In August 2006, we entered into an agreement with Allyn Saint George International, Inc. to become the exclusive retail distributor of Fumagalli’s^® and Allyn Saint George^® labels. The agreement contemplates a spring 2007 launch for men’s tailored clothing, shirts, ties, accessories and men’s ready to wear. Under the agreement, we have the right to expand exclusive distribution to other product categories. We believe that the private label market represents a growth area for us. If this initiative proves successful, of which there can be no assurance, we will seek to further grow and expand this market.

Real Estate Strategy and Store Expansion

For the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006, we owned the land and/or building for 42 of our 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage). Generally, however, our policy has been to lease our stores, with average rents that are below off-price competitors’ rents. Our large average store size (generally twice that of our off-price competitors), ability to attract foot traffic and our disciplined real estate strategy enable us to secure these lower rents. The majority of our stores are located in strip centers, regional power centers or are freestanding. We lease 88% of our store base and own the remaining 12%.

We negotiate leasing terms that are highly flexible and favorable to us. Our current typical lease contracts have an initial period of five years with several renewal options of five years each, and a majority of our leases provide us with a one-time, one-sided termination option after three years. The flexibility of our leasing arrangements enables us to relocate stores swiftly or close underperforming stores. We seek to maintain a highly efficient and flexible cost structure and to secure new, desirable real estate at highly favorable terms. We competitively maintain our leases by re-evaluating our current leases and evaluating new opportunities nationwide.

We have a proven track record of successful new store expansion. Our store base grew from 13 stores in 1980 to 365 stores (exclusive of three stores closed due to hurricane damage) as of June 3, 2006.

66

Store Openings and Closings

Fiscal Year	2001		2002		2003		2004		2005		2006
Stores (Beginning of Period)	282		295		319		335		349		362
Stores Opened	16		29		22		24		16		12
Stores Closed	(3	)	(5	)	(6	)	(10	)	(3	)	(6	)
Stores (End of Period)	295		319		335		349		362		368	*

* Inclusive of three stores that are closed because of hurricane damage.

Generally, new stores have been profitable in their first year, with profits growing quickly and predictably thereafter. We expect to continue expanding our store base. We believe significant new store growth opportunities are available due to the ability of our store concepts to fit into a wide range of real estate types. Our value proposition of large fashionable assortments at low prices resonates across the country. Our store count relative to our competitors’, such as TJ Maxx, Marshalls, and Kohl’s, across the U.S. illustrates our compelling growth prospects.

Operations

Distribution

During fiscal 2004, we completed construction of a new warehouse and distribution facility of approximately 648,000 square feet in Edgewater Park, New Jersey. This facility expanded our warehousing and distribution capacity and allowed us to increase our percentage of centrally-received goods. The facility began processing merchandise in August of 2003 and has been fully operational since August 2004. During fiscal 2005, we began implementing a new warehouse management system that we believe will (1) reduce receiving, sorting and other merchandise handling times, (2) improve planning and allocation efficiency and (3) reduce merchandise processing and handling costs. We continue to develop this warehouse management system. The facility also contains a new data center. This data center and the existing data center at our corporate headquarters are active operational data centers connected by a high speed telecommunications network. These facilities provide backup to each other in the case of an event causing a loss of data at one of the facilities.

Distribution of merchandise to our stores is accomplished both via drop-shipment directly to stores, allowing for expeditious delivery of seasonal offerings, and utilization of central distribution centers to move the remaining merchandise more cost-effectively. Our four distribution centers average approximately 457,000 square feet. With the opening of the new 440,000 square foot facility, our distribution facilities will be strategically located throughout the United States to support our network of stores. Given current utilization rates, we believe we could double our store base without requiring additional distribution capacity.

	Calendar Year Operational	Size (thousands of sq. ft.)	Leased/ Owned
Burlington, NJ	1987	402	Owned
Bristol, PA	2001	340	Leased
Edgewater Park, NJ	2004	648	Owned
San Bernardino, CA(1)	2006	440	Leased

(1) The San Bernardino, California facility opened in April 2006 and is fully operational.

Customer Demographic

Our largest target demographic group of customers is 18–49 year-old women. The core target customer is educated, resides in mid- to large-sized metropolitan areas and has an annual household income of $35,000 to

67

$100,000. This customer shops for herself, her family and her home. We appeal to value seeking and fashion conscious customers who are price-driven but enjoy the style and fit of high-quality, branded merchandise. These core customers are drawn to us not only by our value proposition, but also by our broad selection of styles, our brands and our highly appealing product selection for families.

Customer Service

We are committed to providing our customers with an enjoyable shopping experience. In training our employees, we emphasize knowledgeable and friendly customer service. We train specialized employees who work in departments where customers benefit from more hands-on assistance. For example, the men’s suits departments are staffed with trained men’s suit sales experts and professional tailors. Additionally, we offer Baby Depot customers access to highly-trained personnel who can advise parents on apparel, furniture and accessory selection.

Marketing and Advertising

We execute a multi-channel marketing and advertising program promoting key categories during peak selling periods and events. The primary advertising media used are network television and nationally-distributed free-standing newspaper inserts. Specifically, we target fashion conscious consumers and new mothers with national magazine advertising. We advertise in local newspapers, on television and radio to promote grand opening sales and other promotional events in local markets.

Our advertising messages have been consistent over the years. These messages educate consumers on the concept of value pricing and have created strong, highly recognized and well regarded brands. We have focused our marketing efforts on communicating clear messages on key store characteristics that appeal to our target audience: EDLP and an extensive selection of branded, fashionable merchandise in a convenient and enjoyable shopping environment. Total advertising expenditures for fiscal 2006 were approximately $74 million.

Information Systems

To assist with inventory management, we are currently in the process of implementing a third-party markdown optimization software system throughout our stores. Management believes that the system will improve our ability to monitor the performance of merchandise on a regional basis in order to clear underperforming merchandise earlier in the season, purchase newer or more in-demand items more quickly and manage pricing decisions. The initial implementation of the system was limited to certain ladies’ and girls’ sportswear items for the 2005 fall season. During the next phase of implementation, which is scheduled to occur during fiscal 2007, we will be managing additional fashion merchandise including some men’s, youth, shoes and linen classes.

During fiscal 2005, we began processing customers’ paper checks electronically through the Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) system. As a result, the rate of bad check acceptance at stores has been reduced. Since the implementation of ACH in some of our store locations, the annual bad-check expense has been reduced from $7 million to $4 million. We continue to implement ACH in our store locations.

During fiscal 2006, we continued our drive to increase the percentage of our merchandise purchases performed via electronic data interchange (“EDI”). Conducting transactions via EDI, rather than via paper purchase orders, advanced ship notices and paper invoices, improves efficiency in submitting merchandise orders, receiving merchandise and processing payments for merchandise orders. By the end of fiscal 2006, approximately 60% of all our merchandise purchases and invoices were being conducted via EDI. In addition, during fiscal 2006, we implemented a UPC catalog functionality that allows for a seamless integration with many of our vendors’ systems by utilizing UPC codes for orders placed with those vendors.

In conjunction with our new cash back policy, we are implementing a returns management system that we expect will help us track returned merchandise and help us establish key performance indicators to actively manage the overall merchandise return process.

68

To assist with distribution operations, we are also implementing a new transportation management system that will identify potential ways to reduce inbound freight costs associated with shipping into the distribution centers.

Internet

We offer merchandise for sale through our internet subsidiary, Burlington Coat Factory Direct Corporation, on our online shopping websites (www.burlingtoncoatfactory.com, www.coat.com and www.babydepot.com). The sites feature thousands of merchandise items, shopping cart functionality, item search capability and a secure online payment processing system. An order management system allows for vendor, warehouse and store-based direct fulfillment of orders. Website product data is tied to our inventory systems for maintenance of prices and item availability.

Online merchandise includes a broad assortment of hard- and soft-good baby products, infant through toddler clothing, maternity apparel and coats. The website also provides customers with an online baby registry that is integrated with the in-store registry. Online sales for fiscal 2006 were approximately $9 million. Merchandise orders are fulfilled out of our Bristol, Pennsylvania distribution facility and certain store locations.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal, with our highest sales generally occurring in the months of September, October, November, December and January. For the past five fiscal years, on average 51% of our net sales have occurred during the five-month period from September through January. Weather, however, continues to be an important contributing factor to the sale of clothing in the fall, winter and spring seasons. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the fall and warm during the early spring.

Store Operations and Management

Each store has a manager, one or more assistant managers, and several department managers. We also employ regional and district managers to supervise overall store operating and merchandising policies. Major merchandising decisions are made, overall policies are set, and accounting and general financial functions for our stores are conducted at corporate headquarters. In addition, other operations such as real estate, store operations, loss prevention, merchandise presentation, customer service, and human resources are managed on a Company-wide basis.

Vendors

We maintain relationships with more than 1,000 vendors and have cultivated certain key relationships over the past three decades. These relationships exist throughout the merchandising division and enable us to access a breadth of brands similar to that of a department store. We purchase the majority of our merchandise pre-season, when department stores make the majority of their purchases, and the balance of our merchandise in-season (replenishment, re-orders and opportunistic purchases), when off-price retailers make a large portion of their purchases. We do not maintain any long-term or exclusive commitments to purchase from any single manufacturer.

We follow a multi-source purchasing strategy: we purchase no more than 5% of our annual demand from any one supplier. We further enhance our ability to source up-front, in-season merchandise by seldom requiring margin guarantee provisions in our manufacturers’ supply contracts. This is in contrast to department stores, which may negotiate margin-guarantees into their contracts with vendors, exposing vendors to financial risk. This strategy of purchasing up-front allows us to acquire a product line with a depth of style, size, and color which is more extensive than the product lines of our off-price competitors.

Employees

As of September 25, 2006, we employed 25,525 people, including part-time and seasonal employees. Our staffing requirements fluctuate during the year as a result of the seasonality of the apparel industry. We hire

69

additional employees and increase the hours of part-time employees during seasonal peak selling periods. As of September 25, 2006, employees at only two of our stores are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe our relations with our employees are good. The following table shows a breakdown of employees as of September 25, 2006:

	Vice President	Operating Director	Manager- Level	Others	Total
Headquarters	36	24	51	922	1,033
Distribution Centers	2	0	84	845	931
Stores	6	18	351	23,186	23,561
Totals	44	42	486	24,953	25,525	(1)

(1) Represents employees of BCFWC.

Competition

The retail business is highly competitive. Competitors include off-price retailers, department stores, mass merchants and specialty apparel stores. At various times throughout the year, traditional full-price department store chains and specialty shops offer brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns, which can result in prices approximating those offered by us at our BCFW stores.

Properties

We own the land and/or building for 42 of our stores. Generally, however, our policy has been to lease our stores. Store leases generally provide for fixed monthly rental payments,plus the payment, in most cases, of real estate taxes and other charges with escalation clauses. In many locations, our store leases contain formulas providing for the payment of additional rent based on sales.

We own five buildings in Burlington, New Jersey. Of these buildings, two are used by us as retail space. In addition, we own approximately 97 acres of land in the townships of Burlington and Florence, New Jersey on which we have constructed our corporate office and a warehouse/distribution facility. We lease warehouse facilities of approximately 340,000 square feet in Bristol, Pennsylvania. We lease approximately 20,000 square feet of office space in New York City. We own approximately 46 acres of land in Edgewater Park, New Jersey on which we have constructed an approximately 648,000 square foot facility. This facility expanded our warehousing and distribution capabilities. The facility began processing merchandise in August of 2003 and has been fully operational since August 2004. An additional 440,000 square foot distribution facility opened in April 2006 in San Bernardino, California. See “—Operations—Distribution.”

The following table shows the years in which store leases existing at July 31, 2006 expire:

Fiscal Year Ending	Number of Leases Expiring	Expiring with Renewal Options
2006-2007	5	9
2008-2009	8	86
2010-2011	4	93
2012-2013	1	43
2014-2015	8	31
Thereafter	16	36
Total	42	298

Legal Proceedings

On January 27, 2006 a putative class action complaint was filed by a stockholder of BCFWC in the Superior Court of New Jersey in and for Burlington County against BCFWC and its directors (the “Individual Defendants”)

70

challenging the proposed acquisition of BCFWC by affiliates of Bain Capital pursuant to the Merger Agreement.Lemon Bay Partners v. Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation et al. (CA No. Bur. C-000014-06).On March 7, 2006, plaintiff served BCFWC and the Individual Defendants with a First Amended Shareholder Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”). The Complaint asserts on behalf of a putative class of BCFWC stockholders a claim against the Individual Defendants for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the proposed Merger. The Complaint alleged, among other things, that the consideration to be paid to holders of BCFWC common stock in the Merger is inadequate. The Complaint further alleged that BCFWC and the Individual Defendants have breached a disclosure duty to BCFWC’s stockholders by failing to provide them with material information and/or providing them with misleading information concerning the proposed Merger in BCFWC’s proxy statement. The Complaint also asserted a claim against Bain Capital for aiding and abetting the alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by the Individual Defendants. The Complaint sought, among other things, to enjoin the consummation of the Merger, that the transaction be rescinded if it is not enjoined, and an award of compensatory and rescissory damages as well as attorneys’ fees. On March 30, 2006, BCFWC and its directors entered into a memorandum of understanding for a settlement, which will be subject to court approval, pursuant to which the lawsuit will be dismissed against all parties to the lawsuit in consideration of additional disclosures made in the proxy statement supplement related to the Merger and the proposed payment of plaintiff’s legal fees. After the memorandum of understanding was approved by the court, confirming discovery was completed. In July 2006, a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement was filed with the court. A hearing on the proposed settlement has been scheduled for October 18, 2006. We do not believe that the settlement, as contemplated by the tentative settlement agreement, will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We are party to various other litigation matters, in most cases involving ordinary and routine claims incidental to our business. We cannot estimate with certainty our ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to such pending litigation matters. However, we believe, based on our examination of such matters, that our ultimate liability will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, result of operations or cash flows.

71

MANAGEMENT

Below is a list of the names and ages of our directors and executive officers, each of whom serves BCFWC in the same capacity, and a brief account of the business experience of each of them.

Name	Age	Position
Mark A. Nesci	50	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas J. Fitzgerald	45	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	52	Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Paul C. Tang	53	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Elizabeth Williams	52	Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer
Joshua Bekenstein	47	Director
Jordan Hitch	39	Director
John Tudor	36	Director
Laki Nomicos	43	Director

Mark A. Nesci—Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Nesci became our Chief Executive Officer and Director upon closing of the Transactions. Mr. Nesci has been Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director since 1999. Mr. Nesci has been employed by us since 1972, beginning his career as a part-time Stock Associate while in high school. In 1976 he was promoted to Store Manager, followed by District Manager in 1980. He became Vice President of Real Estate in 1982, and Vice President of Store Operations in 1983. Mr. Nesci was elected to the Board of Directors in 1989 and gained the title of Chief Operating Officer in 1990. In 1999, he was promoted to Executive Vice President.

Thomas J. Fitzgerald—Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Fitzgerald joined us on September 25, 2006 as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, since 2005, Mr. Fitzgerald was the Chief Operating Officer of Bath & Body Works of Limited Brands, Inc. Mr. Fitzgerald also served as Chief Financial Officer of Bath & Body Works from 2000 to 2005. Mr. Fitzgerald began his career in 1984 with PepsiCo, Inc. During his 16-year tenure with PepsiCo, Mr. Fitzgerald was responsible for finance, marketing and business planning functions. Mr. Fitzgerald has over 22 years of financial and business experience. Mr. Fitzgerald received a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance from the University of Florida and an MBA in Finance from the Indiana University School of Business.

Robert L. LaPenta Jr.—Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. LaPenta has been our Vice President since 1999 and Chief Accounting Officer since 1986. He was appointed Treasurer in 2003. He joined us as Controller in 1984. From 1978 to 1984, Mr. LaPenta was the Corporate Financial Reporting and Tax Manager at Spencer Gifts. From 1976 to 1978, Mr. LaPenta was an accountant at Touche Ross & Co. Mr. LaPenta is a certified public accountant. He received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Delaware.

Paul C. Tang—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Tang has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 1993. He was named Vice President in 1995, Executive Vice President in 1999 and Secretary in 2001. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Tang was a partner in the law firm of Reid & Priest. From 1987 to 1988, he was a partner of the law firm of Milstein & Tang. From 1980 to 1987, Mr. Tang was an attorney at the law firm of Phillips Nizer, where he became a partner in 1985. Mr. Tang received an A.B. from Harvard University and holds J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Columbia University.

Elizabeth Williams—Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer. Ms. Williams has been our Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer since June 2006. Prior to joining us, Ms. Williams was President of Fashion Bug, a division of Charming Shoppes from July 1999 to January 2006. She joined Charming Shoppes in 1995 and held the position of Executive Vice President and President of Fashion Bug. Charming Shoppes owns and operates women’s apparel specialty stores. Ms. Williams has over 30 years of retailing experience.

72

Joshua Bekenstein—Director. Mr. Bekenstein, a Managing Director of Bain Capital, joined the firm at its inception in 1984. Mr. Bekenstein serves as a board member of Bombardier Recreational Products, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Dollarama, Toys “R” Us and Waters Corporation. Previously, Mr. Bekenstein spent two years as a consultant at Bain & Company. Mr. Bekenstein received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Yale University.

Jordan Hitch—Director. Mr. Hitch, a Managing Director of Bain Capital, joined the firm in 1997. Mr. Hitch serves as a board member of Bombardier Recreational Products and MC Communications. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Hitch was a consultant at Bain & Company where he worked in the financial services, healthcare and utility industries. Mr. Hitch received an M.B.A., with distinction, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business. He received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Lehigh University.

John Tudor—Director. Mr. Tudor, a Principal of Bain Capital, joined the firm in 2000. Previously, Mr. Tudor was a consultant at the Monitor Group. Mr. Tudor received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar. He is a graduate of the University of Cape Town in South Africa, and the University of Oxford in the United Kingdom, where he was a Rhodes Scholar.

Laki Nomicos—Director. Mr. Nomicos, an Executive Vice President in the Portfolio Group of Bain Capital, joined the firm in 1999. Mr. Nomicos serves as a board member of Bombardier Recreational Products and Dollarama. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Nomicos held several senior corporate and division management positions at Oak Industries where he headed the WDM business unit of Lasertron, a semiconductor laser manufacturer serving the telecommunications industry. Previously, Mr. Nomicos was a manager at Bain & Company. Mr. Nomicos received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S.E., Phi Beta Kappa and magna cum laude, from Princeton University.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (which includes our Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers).

Audit Committee

At this time, our Board of Directors has not separately designated an audit committee and the functions of a traditional audit committee are carried out by all of the members of the Board; however, the Board is currently in the process of appointing members of the Board to the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that each member of the Board is financially literate but no determination has been made as to the ability of any director to qualify as a “financial expert” within the meaning of the regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. None of our directors are independent due to their affiliations with either Bain Capital or our Company.

73

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table provides information for the last three fiscal years concerning compensation earned for services rendered in all capacities by our Chief Executive Officer, our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006 and our former Chief Executive Officer (the “Named Executive Officers”). Ms. Williams, our new Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer, and Thomas Fitzgerald, our new Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, are not represented in the table below because they were hired effective as of June 26, 2006 and August 30, 2006, respectively and accordingly did not receive any compensation from us during fiscal 2006.

Name and Principal Position (1)	Fiscal Year Ended	Salary ($)	Bonus ($)	Other Annual Compensation ($)		Restricted Stock Award(s) ($)		Options (#)(4)		Long- Term Incentive Plan Payouts	All Other Compensation ($)(5)
Monroe G. Milstein, President and Chief Executive Officer	2006 2005 2004	291,400 322,400 322,400	—   —   —	—   —   —			—   —   —	—   —   —		—   —   —	14,700 14,350 14,000
Mark A. Nesci, President and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Officer; Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer	2006 2005 2004	600,780 392,804 365,149	150,000 —   —	4,242,240 —   —	(2)		3,500,010 —   —	70,000 —   —	(3)	—   —   —	14,700 14,350 14,000
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr., Vice President Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer	2006 2005 2004	209,241 169,230 158,077	67,254 30,703 10,000	303,440 —   —	(2)	$	250,020 —   —	20,000 5,000 —	(3)	—   —   —	14,700 14,350 14,000
Paul C. Tang, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	2006 2005 2004	306,934 262,115 248,077	60,000 15,000 10,000	464,028 —   —	(2)		400,050 —   —	20,000 5,000 —	(3)	—   —   —	14,700 14,350 14,000

(1) All positions represent the capacities in which individuals served as of June 3, 2006, except in the case of Mr. Milstein who resigned effective as of April 13, 2006, in connection with the Merger. Mr. Nesci served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer until April 13, 2006 when he was unanimously elected by the Board to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer.

(2) Merger compensation received for outstanding vested options as of April 12, 2006. Prior to cancellation, the options all had exercise prices of less than $45.50 per share and the consideration was determined on the weighted average exercise prices of the options.

(3) After the consummation of the Merger on April 13, 2006, new options to purchase units of common stock of Parent were granted as follows: Mr. Nesci: 70,000, Mr. Tang: 20,000 and Mr. LaPenta: 20,000. The units and the new options to purchase common stock are described below under the heading “Option Grants—Option Grants by Parent.” The securities underlying options for 2006 are shown in units.

(4) The options to purchase our common stock shown for 2005 vested and were cashed out with the Merger. See Note 2 above.

(5) Constitutes our contribution to our 401(K) Profit Sharing Plan.

Option Grants

Option Grants by BCFWC. BCFWC did not grant options to the Named Executive Officers in fiscal year 2006.

Option Grants by Parent and the 2006 Management Incentive Plan. After the consummation of the Merger, the Board of Directors of Parent adopted the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan each of the Named Executive Officers was granted options to purchase “units” of common stock in Parent. Each unit consists of nine shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock of Parent. The shares compromising a unit are in the same proportion as the shares of Class A and Class L common stock held by all stockholders of Parent. The options are exercisable only for whole units and cannot be separately exercised for the individual classes of Parent common stock. The units were granted in three tranches with exercise prices as follows: Tranche 1: $90 per unit; Tranche 2: $180 per Unit; and Tranche 3: $270 per Unit. 40% of the options vest on the second anniversary of the grant date, and then one-third of the remaining 60%

74

vests on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the grant date, respectively. All options become exercisable upon a change of control and unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, options that have not vested will terminate immediately, units issued upon the exercise of vested options will be callable and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days. The final exercise date for any option granted is the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

The following table sets forth the number of stock options granted by Parent to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2006.

Individual Grants

Name	Number of Units Underlying Options Granted	Percent of Total Options Granted to Employees in Fiscal Year(2)		Exercise Price Per Share ($)		Expiration Date	Present Value of Tranche on the Grant Date $(1)
Mark A. Nesci	23,334 23,333 23,333	20.1	%	90.00 180.00 270.00	(3) (3)	04/13/2016	$	1,239,735 905,087 712,356
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	6,667 6,667 6,666	5.7	%	90.00 180.00 270.00	(3) (3)	04/13/2016	$	354,218 258,613 203,513
Paul C. Tang	6,667 6,667 6,666	5.7	%	90.00 180.00 270.00	(3) (3)	04/13/2016	$	354,218 258,613 203,513

(1) In accordance with SEC regulations, this column shows the present value of the grant at the grant date assuming that the present value of each tranche is as follows: Tranche 1: $53.13, Tranche 2: $38.79, Tranche 3: $30.53.

(2) Based on options to purchase a total of 347,500 units of Common Stock granted to employees during fiscal 2006.

(3) The exercise price exceeds the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the date of grant.

Name	Number of Class L Stock Options	Number of Class A Stock Options	Total Number of Shares Underlying Options	Amount Vested		Amount Exercised
Mark Nesci	70,000	630,000	700,000	(1	)	—
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	20,000	180,000	200,000	(1	)	—
Paul Tang	20,000	180,000	200,000	(1	)	—

(1) The grant date for these options was April 13, 2006. 40% of the options will vest on the April 13, 2008, and then one-third of the remaining 60% vests on April 13, 2009, 2010, 2011, respectively. As of June 3, 2006, none of the outstanding options were exercisable.

75

Treatment of BCFWC Options in Connection with the Transaction

In connection with the Merger, all outstanding stock options for BCFWC stock with exercise prices below $45.50 were cancelled. The following table shows the number of shares of our common stock subject to options that were held by each of the Named Executive Officers at the time of the Merger and the value of those awards, based on the Merger consideration of $45.50 per share.

Named Executive Officers	Stock Option
Name	Shares (#)	Value ($)
Mark Nesci	152,000	4,242,240
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	12,000	303,440
Paul Tang	17,400	464,028

Aggregate Option Exercises and Year-End Option Value Pre-Merger. No options were exercised by our Named Executive Officers in 2006 prior to the Merger.

Employment Agreements

On April 13, 2006, BCFWC entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Nesci, LaPenta and Tang. Mr. Nesci serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer; Mr. LaPenta serves as Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer, Mr. Tang serves as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. On June 26, 2006 and on August 30, 2006, BCFWC entered into employment agreements with Elizabeth Williams who serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer and with Thomas Fitzgerald who serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

Term, Benefits, Non-Compete Covenant. Each agreement provides for an initial term of three years, and provides for automatic one-year renewals unless expressly not renewed at least 90 days before the next renewal date. The agreements provide for a minimum annual base salary, which base salary may be increased at the discretion of the board of directors or a committee thereof. Each officer is also eligible to participate in our medical benefit and retirement plans, and is subject to our policies with respect business expense reimbursement, on the same basis as other senior executives. Each agreement provides that each executive will be subject to a covenant not to compete and a covenant not to solicit employees, customers, suppliers, licensee, service providers or any other business relation of our Company at all times while employed and for up to one year after his termination of employment (in Mr. Nesci’s case, up to two years after termination of his employment), and a covenant not to disclose confidential information during the employment term and at all times thereafter. Pursuant to each agreement, we shall provide the executive with the use of an automobile. We are responsible for all costs and expenses incurred in the operation, maintenance, insurance and repair of such automobile.

Restricted Stock Grants and Bonuses.Each of the executives that entered into an employment agreement on April 13, 2006 was given the option of receiving his retention bonus in cash or as a restricted stock award which would vest on the first anniversary of his employment agreement. Each of those executives who chose to receive all or a portion of his respective retention bonus in a restricted stock award were granted restricted shares of Parent pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, each Named Executive Officer received a restricted stock award consisting of Class A Common Shares and Class L Common Shares of Parent of which 100% will vest on April 13, 2007 or earlier upon the same conditions of the payment of his retention bonus. Each of Ms. Williams and Mr. Fitzgerald received a sign-on bonus, a stock option grant and is eligible to receive a guaranteed bonus on the anniversary of their respective start date of employment. Each agreement also provides for participation in our Senior Management Bonus Plan and the Plan during the years of employment by our Company.

76

Each of our Named Executive Officers also chose to receive a portion of his retention bonus in cash payable upon the first anniversary of his employment agreement. The following table shows the amount of the bonus and the number of units of restricted stock of Parent awarded to the Named Executive Officer.

Name	Amount of Retention Bonus			Units of Restricted Stock (2)
Mark Nesci	$	6,500,000	(1)	38,889
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	$	250,000	(1)	2,778
Paul Tang	$	100,000	(1)	4,445

(1) Payable on April 13, 2007, the first anniversary of each employment agreement.

(2) Interests of each executive in the units of restricted stock shall vest on the first anniversary of each employment agreement unless the executive is terminated for “cause” or if he voluntarily terminates his employment with us.

Severance Arrangements. Under each employment agreement, if the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive:

• certain rights accrued through the date of termination, including salary and prior year’s unpaid bonus (and his retention bonus if not already paid),

• a pro-rated portion of his current year’s annual bonus through the date of termination, based on actual results,

• a severance payment equal to his then current base salary (in Mr. Nesci’s case two times his then current base salary). The “Severance Period” is initially the one-year period commencing on the date of termination (in Mr. Nesci’s case a two year period commencing on the date of termination), and

• continued coverage during the Severance Period under our medical, dental and life insurance plans.

As a condition to receiving the severance payment under the agreement, each executive must execute a release of claims in respect of his employment with us.

Death Benefit Agreements

On November 8, 2005, BCFWC entered into death benefit agreements with each of Mark Nesci and now former executives Andrew Milstein and Stephen Milstein. Each such agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions set forth in the agreement, we will pay to the executive’s estate or designated beneficiary a death benefit in the amount of $1,000,000 (less applicable withholding taxes) payable at the election of the payee in either (i) a single lump sum, (ii) five equal annual installments (together, in the case of each installment after the first, with interest on the unpaid balance) or (iii) the form of an annuity selected by the payee to be purchased by us. Each death benefit agreement also provides that, in the event that the applicable executive is terminated without “cause” (as defined in such agreement), the death benefit will continue to be payable. Accordingly, if any of the executives named above are terminated without cause following the Merger, the death benefit would continue to be payable to them.

Director Compensation

We will reimburse members of the board of directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the services provided in such capacity. In addition, we may compensate future independent members of the board for services provided in that capacity.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not currently have a compensation committee. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or similar committee, of any other company that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our Board of Directors.

77

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As a result of the Merger, all of BCFWC’s outstanding stock is beneficially owned by Holdings, which is wholly-owned by Parent. The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the equity interests of Parent as of July 31, 2006, by:

• holders having beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the voting equity interest of Parent;

• each of our executive officers and directors shown in the summary compensation table; and

• all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Except as noted below, the address for each of the directors and named executive officers is c/o Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

The table also sets forth ownership information for these persons regarding unvested stock options for which these persons are not deemed to beneficially own the underlying shares of common stock. Each share or option to purchase shares (as listed below) is comprised of “units” of common stock in Parent. Each unit consists of nine shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock of Parent.

Beneficial ownership is based upon 5,022,847 shares of Class L Common Stock and 45,205,623 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of July 31, 2006.

Name and Address of Beneficial Holder(1)	Number of Class L Equity Interests Beneficially Owned	Percentage of Class		Number of Class A Equity Interests Beneficially Owned	Percentage of Class		Options to Purchase Units not Exercisable within the next 60 days
Principal Equityholders:
Bain Capital, LLC(2)	4,944,444	98.4	%	44,499,996	98.4	%
Executive Officers and Directors:
Mark A. Nesci (3)	38,889	*		350,001	*		70,000
Paul C. Tang (3)	4,445	*		40,005	*		20,000
Robert L. LaPenta, Jr. (3)	2,778	*		25,002	*		20,000
Joshua Bekenstein (3)		*			*
Jordan Hitch (4)		*			*
John Tudor (5)		*			*
Laki Nomicos (5)		*			*
Elizabeth Williams (6)	3,334	*		30,006	*		30,000
Executive Officers and Directors as Group (8 Persons)	49,446	1.6	%	445,014	1.6	%	140,000

* Less than 1%

(1) “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally means any person who, directly or indirectly, has or shares voting or investment power with respect to a security or has the right to acquire such power within 60 days. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of closing of the offering are deemed outstanding.

(2) Includes shares held by each of Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC (“Integral”), Bain Capital Fund IX, LLC (“Fund IX”), BCIP TCV, LLC (“BCIP TCV”) and BCIP-G Associates (“BCIP-G”). Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the administrative member of Integral and BCIP TCV, the managing general partner of BCIP-G, and the general partner of Bain Capital Partner IX, L.P., which is the general partner of Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., which is the sole member of Fund IX. The address of each entity is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.

78

Name of Fund	Class L Common	Class A Common
Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC	2,523,111.00	23,077,824.00
Bain Capital Fund IX, LLC	2,361,567.00	21,254,078.00
BCP TCV, LLC	58,596.00	157,560.00
BCIP Associates—G	1,170.00	10,534.00

(3) Interests in the common shares held by the Named Executive Officer do not vest until April 13, 2007. 40% of the options shall vest on the April 13, 2008, and then one-third of the remaining 60% shall vest on April 13, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. All options become exercisable upon a change of control and unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, options that have not vested will terminate immediately, units issued upon the exercise of vested options will be callable and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days. The final exercise date for any option granted is April 13, 2016.

(4) Each of Mr. Bekenstein and Mr. Hitch is a managing director of BCI and therefore may therefore be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by BCI. Mr. Bekenstein and Mr. Hitch each disclaim any beneficial ownership of any such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of each person is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.

(5) Each of Mr. Tudor and Mr. Nomicos is a general partner of BCIP Associates III, which is one of the members of Integral, and a beneficial owner of a general partner of BCIP Trust Associates III, which is one of the members of BCIP TCV, and therefore may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to some of the shares held by BCI. Mr. Tudor and Mr. Nomicos each disclaim any beneficial ownership of any such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of each person is 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.

(6) Interests in the common shares held by the Named Executive Officer do not vest until June 26, 2007. 40% of the options shall vest on the June 26, 2008, and then one-third of the remaining 60% shall vest on June 26, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. All options become exercisable upon a change of control and unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, options that have not vested will terminate immediately, units issued upon the exercise of vested options will be callable and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days. The final exercise date for any option granted is June 26, 2016.

79

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Except as described below, since June 1, 2002, BCFWC has not been a party to, nor have we or BCFWC currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions in which the amount exceeds $60,000, and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation agreements and other agreements, which are described in the “Management” section of this prospectus. We believe that each of the following transaction is on terms no less favorable than we could obtain from an unrelated third party.

Set forth below is a summary of certain agreements and arrangements, as well as other transactions between us and related parties which have taken place during our most recent fiscal year or agreements with respect to transactions entered into in our prior fiscal year among related parties and other material agreements.

The Transactions

On January 18, 2006, BCFWC entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, merged with and into BCFWC. In connection with the closing of the Merger, Parent contributed all of the stock of BCFWC acquired by it to us in return for all of our issued and outstanding capital stock. As consideration for the Merger, each former holder of BCFWC’s common stock was entitled to receive an amount equal to $45.50 per common share. The Merger closed on April 13, 2006. See “The Transactions.”

2006 Management Incentive Plan

In connection with the Transactions, Parent entered into a 2006 Management Incentive Plan, which provides for grants of stock options to designated employees subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the plan. 511,122 shares of Class L common stock and 4,600,098 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2006 Management Incentive Plan.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the Transactions, Parent entered into a stockholders agreement with its stockholders, including funds associated with Bain Capital, which established the composition of our board of directors, provided for certain restrictions and rights with respect to sales and issuances of our common stock and provides for limited approval rights in favor of Bain Capital. In particular, the stockholders agreement provides that no stockholder may transfer his or her common stock except to permitted transferees and except in compliance with certain restrictions on transfer. Our stockholders have the right to sell apro rata portion of their common stock if funds associated with Bain Capital elect to sell all or a portion of its common stock. The holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock (and in some cases funds associated with Bain Capital acting alone) also have the right to cause a sale of the Company to occur and to require the other holders of our common stock to participate in such a sale. If we propose to issue new equity securities, each holder of our common stock will have the right to purchase itspro rata share of such new securities. In addition, under the stockholders agreement, funds associated with Bain Capital and other holders of its common stock will have the ability to cause us to register their shares of common stock of Parent and to participate in registrations by us of our common stock. We will be responsible for paying expenses of holders of our common stock in connection with any such registration.

Advisory Agreement

Upon consummation of the Transactions, BCFWC entered into an advisory agreement with Bain Capital pursuant to which Bain Capital provides BCFWC with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to the agreement, BCFWC pays Bain Capital a periodic fee of $1 million per

80

fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket fees, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of each financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transaction by or involving BCFWC. Bain Capital receives a fee of approximately $21 million in consideration for financial advisory services related to the Transactions. The advisory agreement has a 10-year initial term, and thereafter is subject to automatic one-year extensions unless BCFWC or Bain Capital provides written notice of termination, except that the agreement terminates automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control. If the agreement is terminated early, then Bain Capital will be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket fees and expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the term. The agreement includes customary indemnities in favor of Bain Capital.

Indemnification

The Merger Agreement provides that, after the Merger, Parent and or BCFWC will, jointly and severally, and Parent will cause BCFWC to, indemnify and hold harmless the individuals who are now, or have been at any time prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement or who become such prior to the effective time of the Merger, BCFWC’s directors or officers or any of BCFWC’s subsidiaries, or BCFWC’s employees or any of its subsidiaries providing services to or for such a director or officer in connection with the Merger Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, against costs and liabilities incurred in connection with any pending, threatened or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or pertaining to (i) the fact that such individual is or was an officer, director, employee, fiduciary or agent of BCFWC or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) matters occurring or existing at or prior to the effective time of the Merger (including acts or omissions occurring in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby), whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the effective time of the Merger.

The Merger Agreement provides that BCFWC will provide, for a period of six years after the Merger becomes effective, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of those persons covered under BCFWC’s officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policy on terms with respect to coverage and amounts no less favorable than those of the policy in effect as of the execution of the Merger Agreement, provided that, subject to certain exceptions, the surviving corporation will not be obligated to pay premiums in excess of 300% of the annualized policy premium based on a rate as of the execution of the Merger Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the effective time of the Merger BCFWC is permitted to purchase prepaid “tail” policies in favor of such indemnified persons with respect to the matters referred to above (provided that the annual premium for such tail policy may not exceed 300% of the annualized policy premium based on a rate as of the execution of the Merger Agreement), in which case Parent has agreed to maintain such tail policies in effect and continue to honor the obligations under such policies.

Parent and BCFWC have also agreed (i) to continue in effect for at least six years after the effective time of the Merger all rights to indemnification existing in favor of, and all exculpations and limitations of the personal liability of, the directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries and agents of BCFWC and its subsidiaries in its certificate of incorporation as of the effective time of the Merger with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the effective time of the Merger and (ii) to honor BCFWC’s indemnification agreements with its directors (including one former director, Harvey Morgan) and with certain officers, including Messrs. Nesci, Tang, Grapski, Koster and LaPenta. Each such indemnification agreement provides, among other things, that BCFWC will indemnify such indemnified person to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, including advancement of legal fees and other expenses incurred by the indemnified person in connection with any legal proceedings arising out the indemnified person’s service as director and/or officer, subject to certain exclusions and procedures set forth in the indemnification agreement.

In addition, BCFWC’s officers and directors under its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws are indemnified and held harmless against any and all claims alleged against any of them in their official capacities to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it exists today or as it may be amended but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than previously permitted.

81

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit facilities

Banc of America Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. acted as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners for BCFWC’s senior secured credit facilities, which we guarantee. In connection with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement, Parent obtained commitments to provide financing (not all of which was drawn at closing) consisting of, in addition to the notes described hereunder, (a) the $800 million ABL Credit Facility, of which $225 million was drawn at closing, and (b) the $900 million term loan facility. Parent used these facilities and existing debt, as well as equity contributions from its shareholders, to finance the Merger.

ABL Credit Facility

Borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility are limited by a borrowing base which is calculated periodically based on specified percentages of the value of eligible inventory and eligible credit card receivables, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The ABL Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of BCFWC’s U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on all of BCFWC’s inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts and certain of BCFWC’s U.S. subsidiaries and (b) a perfected second priority lien on substantially all other real and personal property of such subsidiaries, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions.

Term Loan Facility

Borrowings under the term loan facility were available in a single drawing on the closing date. The term loan facility is guaranteed by certain of BCFWC’s U.S. subsidiaries and secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on substantially all of BCFWC’s real and personal property and certain of BCFWC’s U.S. subsidiaries and (b) a perfected second priority lien on all of BCFWC’s inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts and certain of BCFWC’s U.S. subsidiaries, in each case subject to various limitations and exceptions.

BCFWC Senior Notes

On April 10, 2006 our subsidiary BCFWC issued $305 million aggregate principal amount of 11 ¹/8% Senior Notes due April 15, 2014 (referred to herein as the “BCFWC Senior Notes”). BCFWC issued the BCFWC Senior Notes in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Interest. Interest on the BCFWC Senior Notes will accrue at a rate of 11 ¹/8% per year, payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2006.

Guarantees. We and each of BCFWC’s current and future restricted subsidiaries jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee the BCFWC Senior Notes. The BCFWC Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis. If BCFWC creates or acquires a new domestic subsidiary, then that subsidiary will guarantee the BCFWC Senior Notes on a senior unsecured basis, unless BCFWC designates the subsidiary as an “unrestricted subsidiary” under the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes. Holders of the BCFWC Senior Notes should not attribute significant value to our guarantee, as we do not have any assets other than the capital stock of BCFWC, and the covenants in the indenture relating to the BCFWC Senior Notes do not apply to us.

Optional Redemption. BCFWC may redeem any of the BCFWC Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2010 at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the Exchange Notes redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. BCFWC may redeem any of the BCFWC Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after On or after April 15, 2010, at the redemption prices described under in the indenture governing the

82

BCFWC Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2009, BCFWC may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the BCFWC Senior Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings.

Change of Control. Upon a change of control, BCFWC may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s BCFWC Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the accreted value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

Certain Covenants. The indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit BCFWC’s ability and the ability of BCFWC’s restricted subsidiaries to:

• pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase BCFWC’s capital stock;

• make investments and other restricted payments;

• incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

• create liens;

• permit dividend or other payment restrictions on BCFWC’s restricted subsidiaries;

• sell all or substantially all of BCFWC’s assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies; and

• engage in transactions with affiliates.

The amount of all restricted payments that can be made by BCFWC is approximately equal to 50% of the consolidated net income (as defined in the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes) of BCFWC since the beginning of the first fiscal quarter following the date on which the BCFWC Senior Notes were issued, plus 100% of the net cash proceeds received by BCFWC since the date of the indenture from the issue or sale of equity interests. The indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes prohibits all restricted payments if a default or event of default has occurred under that indenture or if BCFWC’s fixed charge coverage ratio is below 2.0 to 1.0.

These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions as described in the indenture governing the BCFWC Senior Notes.

83

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term “Company” refers only to Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries. “BCFWC” refers only to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and not to any of its Subsidiaries. The Company will issue the Exchange Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) under an indenture (the “Indenture”) between itself and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Old Notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; all material information regarding the Notes and the rights of the holders of the Notes is summarized herein. The following description does not restate the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement in their entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement because they and not this description, define your rights as holders of the Notes. Copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement may be obtained from the Company upon request. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, as applicable.

The registered holder of any Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the Indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

• are general unsecured obligations of the Company;

• are senior in right of payment with any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;

• are pari passu in right of payment to all existing and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Company that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;

• are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness (including the Credit Facilities); and

• are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of each Subsidiary of the Company.

The Indenture will permit the Company to incur additional Indebtedness, subject to compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

As of the date of the Indenture, all of the Subsidiaries of the Company will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” Under the circumstances described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” the Company will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the restrictive covenants of the Indenture. The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

In this offering, the Company will issue Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $99,309,000 million. The Notes will be issued at a substantial discount from their principal amount at maturity to generate gross proceeds of approximately $75.0 million. The Indenture governing the Notes will provide for the issuance

84

of additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes offered in this offering (the “Additional Notes”), subject to compliance with the covenants contained in the Indenture. Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes offered hereby and will vote on all matters with the Notes offered in this offering. Such Additional Notes will be identical in all material respects to the Notes offered hereby, except that Notes offered in the future will have different issuance dates and may have different issuance prices. The Notes will mature on October 15, 2014.

The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples of $1,000. Until April 15, 2008, interest will accrue on the Notes at a rate of % per annum in the form of an increase in the Accreted Value (representing amortization of original issue discount between the date of original issuance and April 15, 2008 on a semi-annual basis using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, such that the Accreted Value shall be equal to the full principal amount at maturity of the Notes of $99,309,000 million on April 15, 2008 (the “Full Accretion Date”)). Beginning on the Full Accretion Date, cash interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of % per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2008. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1.

Interest on the Notes will accrue from April 15, 2008 or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

No cash interest will accrue on the Notes prior to the Full Accretion Date, although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized by a holder as such discount accretes. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a discussion regarding the taxation of such original issue discount.

Holding Company Structure

The issuer of the Notes is a holding company and does not have any assets or operations other than ownership of Capital Stock of BCFWC. All of the Company’s operations will be conducted through its subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company’s creditors, including holders of the Notes. The Notes, therefore, will be structurally subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of the Company’s subsidiaries, including BCFWC. As of June 3, 2006, the Company’s subsidiaries had outstanding Indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion. Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and the issuance of preferred stock by the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by such Restricted Subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness under the Indenture.

Ranking

The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and will rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Company, to the extent of the assets serving as security therefor, and will be structurally subordinated to all of the obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries. See “—Holding Company Structure.”

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company at least three Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Company, through the paying agent or otherwise, will pay all principal, interest and

85

premium and Additional Interest (as described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”), if any, on that holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within the City and State of New York, unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Company will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “paying agent”) for the Notes.

The Company will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “registrar”) and a transfer agent. The Trustee will serve as initial registrar and transfer agent at its corporate trust office. The registrar and the transfer agent in New York will maintain a register reflecting ownership of Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Company.

The Company may change the paying agents, the registrars or the transfer agents without prior notice to the holders. The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

On or after April 15, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the Accreted Value) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2008	114.500	%
2009	110.875	%
2010	107.250	%
2011	103.625	%
2012 and thereafter	100.000	%

In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2008, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price of 114.500% of the Accreted Value of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (provided that if the Equity Offering is an offering by any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations, a portion of the net cash proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company);provided,however, that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding in such calculation Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

86

The Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2008, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date.

In addition, the Company may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

Mandatory Redemption

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the following paragraph and under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.” The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

On April 15, 2011, the Company will be required to redeem a portion of each discount note outstanding on such date equal to the AHYDO Amount on such date. The redemption price for the portion of each discount note redeemed under this “Mandatory Redemption” section will equal 100% of the Accreted Value of such portion on the date of redemption.

“AHYDO Amount” means, with respect to each discount note, the portion of such discount note sufficient, but not in excess of the portion necessary, to ensure that such discount note will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Such amount will be approximately equal to (i) the excess of the adjusted issue price (as defined in Section 1272 of the Code) of a discount note on the redemption date over the original issue price thereof, less (ii) an amount equal to one year’s simple uncompounded interest on the original issue price of such discount note at a rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity on such note. We may not have sufficient funds and access to third party financing may not be available to fund such redemption. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Notes—Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.”

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under the caption “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of Notes as of the Change of Control Payment Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company at such time has given notice of redemption under the caption “—Optional Redemption” with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Company will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent

87

that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount at maturity to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;provided that each new Note will be in a minimum principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under “—Optional Redemption” unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control or conditional upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The Credit Facilities and the BCFWC Notes prohibit the Restricted Subsidiaries from paying dividends or distributions to the Company for purchasing the Notes in the event of a Change of Control. Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant under the Indenture governing the Notes, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, to the extent required to permit the Company to comply with this covenant, the Company will either repay all outstanding Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities, the BCFWC Notes and other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding such Indebtedness. If the Company does not repay such Indebtedness or obtain such consents, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes in a Change of Control, which after appropriate notice and lapse of time would result in an Event of Default under the Indenture, which in turn would constitute a default under the Credit Facilities.

Future indebtedness that the Company or its Subsidiaries may incur may contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require the repurchase of such indebtedness upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by its then existing financial resources. See “—Holding Company Structure.” There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to the Notes—We may not have the funds to purchase the notes upon the change of control offer as required by the indenture governing the notes offered hereby.”

88

The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Company or its Subsidiaries and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the initial purchasers of the Notes. The Company has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company or its Subsidiaries could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the capital structure of the Company or its credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the fair market value is determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(3) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (3) above, the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, (ii) any securities received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, (iii) any assets described in clauses (2) or (3) below, and (iv) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration

89

received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $60.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 3% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company on the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this paragraph and for no other purpose.

Within 395 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) (A) to reduce Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Notes (provided that if the Company shall so reduce Obligations under Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes (other than Secured Indebtedness), it will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes by causing the Company to make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer (as defined below)) to all holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on thepro rata principal amount at maturity of Notes) or (B) to reduce Obligations under Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses;provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) other non-current assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Permitted Business; and/or

(3) to an investment in (A) any one or more businesses;provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and it results in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that such business constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested in accordance with the preceding paragraph within 395 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds (but in the case of Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, only to the extent and whenever permitted by the applicable debt instruments of such Restricted Subsidiary to be distributed to the Company) shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”;provided that if during such 395-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) or (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 395th day, such 395-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement).

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all holders of Notes and Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes and contains provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, on apro rata basis, the maximum Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of Notes as of the date of purchase and such other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of Accreted Value thereof at the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.

90

If the Accreted Value of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on apro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Because the Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of our properties and assets, and since the definition of “Net Proceeds” excludes all amounts in respect of any Asset Sale that are used to repay any Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, it is unlikely that any meaningful amount of Net Proceeds will be generated from any Asset Sale so long as the Credit Facilities remain outstanding.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on apro rata basis to the extent practicable.

No Notes of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or less can be redeemed in part. Except as otherwise provided herein, notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Except for a redemption to be effected pursuant to the heading “Optional Redemption,” notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount at maturity of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the holder of that Note upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue or Accreted Value ceases to accrete, as the case may be, on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to

91

purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (C), in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,pro rata dividends or distributions to minority stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation),providedthat the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least itspro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(c) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement); or

(d) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15) and (16) of the next succeeding paragraph;providedthat the calculation of Restricted Payments shall also exclude the amounts paid or distributed pursuant to clause (1) of the next paragraph to the extent that the declaration of such dividend or other distribution shall have previously been included as a Restricted Payment), is less than the sum, without duplication, of

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first fiscal quarter commencing following the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Company (including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below) but excluding (i) cash proceeds received from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company and, to the extent actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company’s direct or indirect parent corporations to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to

92

Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph, (ii) cash proceeds received from the sale of Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (iii) Designated Preferred Stock, (iv) the Cash Contribution Amount and (v) Disqualified Stock) or (y) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests of the Company (other than Refunding Capital Stock or Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, and other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (other than (i) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Excluded Contributions, (iii) any Disqualified Stock, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock, (v) any Designated Preferred Stock, (vi) the Cash Contribution Amount and (vii) cash proceeds applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph), plus

(d) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of property and marketable securities received after the Issue Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (a) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment).

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

93

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the borrower thereof which is incurred in compliance with the covenant “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” so long as (A) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, (B) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (C) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness subordinated to such Notes being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (or their permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement,provided,however, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $7.5 million (with any unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding calendar years); andprovided,further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any of their Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations pursuant to a deferred compensation plan of such corporation plus (C) the cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (providedthat the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year) (it being understood that the forgiveness of any debt by such Person shall not be a Restricted Payment hereunder) less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with this covenant to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges for such entity;

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company issued after the Issue Date;provided,however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions thereon) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(7) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

94

(8) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, to fund the payment by any such parent company of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) following the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company after the Issue Date in any such public offering, other than public offerings of common stock of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(9) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million after the Issue Date;

(11) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;providedthat a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, has been made and all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to, a direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication:

(A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence;

(B) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries,provided,however, that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount of income taxes that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay for such fiscal year were the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;

(C) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(D) general corporate overhead and operating expenses for such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by such direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company; and

(F) obligations under the Management Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date);

(14) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company;provided,however, that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

(15) distributions of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; or

(16) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

95

provided,however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (8), (10), (12) and (13)(F) above, no default which, with the passage of time would be an Event of Default, or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Such determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an Independent Financial Advisor if the fair market value exceeds $50.0 million.

As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the second paragraph of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this covenant or the definition of Permitted Investments and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants described in this summary.

For the avoidance of doubt, any dividend or distribution otherwise permitted pursuant to this covenant may be in the form of a loan.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;provided,however, that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated combined basis) for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) (A) the incurrence by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facilities together with the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the guarantees thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount, equal to the greater of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) $800.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; and (B) the incurrence by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility together with the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of

96

the guarantees thereunder, up to an aggregate principal amount, equal to $900.0 million outstanding at any one time, less the amount of all payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from Asset Sales pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in exchange for such Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, and the incurrence by BCFWC of the BCFWC Notes issued on the Issue Date and by the Company and Subsidiaries of BCFWC of the related guarantees;

(3) any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) or (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount that, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) does not exceed the greater of $60.0 million and 3% of Consolidated Total Assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;provided,however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;provided,however, that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;provided,however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company with respect to the Notes;

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;providedthat any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

97

(9) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting, hedging or managing (A) interest rates with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding, (B) currency exchange rates or (C) commodity prices;

(10) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds, appeal bonds and other similar types of bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11) does not at any one time outstanding exceed $25.0 million;

(12) (x) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and (z) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (3) above, this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (19) below or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity;provided,however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding, (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded, (C) shall not include Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on, and related fees and expenses of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (E) shall not have a stated maturity date that is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Stated Maturity of any Notes then outstanding;

(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;providedthat such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock is not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, such acquisition or merger; andprovided,further, that after giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness either (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;providedthat such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its incurrence;

98

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to a Credit Facility in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(18) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations permitted by the covenant described under the caption “—Restricted Payments”;

(19) Contribution Indebtedness;

(20) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(21) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; and

(22) Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary,provided,however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (22) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (22) does not exceed the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 1.5% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company;

For purposes of determining compliance with this “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify and later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant, and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such categories. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under any category of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness;provided,however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a currency agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such currency agreement. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness being refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a currency agreement, in which case the refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. The maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

99

The Indenture governing the Notes will provide that the Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) of the Company unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company. Indebtedness shall not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment by virtue of being secured to a greater or lesser extent or with different priority.

Liens

The Company will not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes on any asset or property of the Company or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured,

except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;

(ii) (A) Liens securing the Notes and any Notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (including Notes issued in exchange for Additional Notes) and secured by a Lien (in each case in accordance with the terms of the Indenture), (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (11) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (C) Liens securing Indebtedness that, at the time of incurrence does not exceed the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of such date, and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 4.0 to 1.0; or

(iii) Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect (x) pursuant to a Credit Facility, the BCFWC Notes Indenture or related documents as in effect on the Issue Date or (y) on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, pursuant to Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date;

100

(2) the Indenture and the Notes (including any Exchange Notes with respect to the Notes);

(3) purchase money obligations or other obligations described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” that, in each case, impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above in the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under the captions “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness or Preferred Stock that is incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other agreements;

(12) restrictions in Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the Indenture pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with the covenant “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;providedthat either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith than the provisions contained in the Credit Facilities or in the BCFWC Notes Indenture, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date or (B) any encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Notes when due; and

(13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the first paragraph above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above;providedthat the encumbrances or restrictions imposed by such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements and do not affect the Company’s ability to make payments of interest and scheduled payments of principal in respect of the Notes, in each case as and when due;provided,further,however, that with respect to agreements existing on the Issue Date, any refinancings or amendments thereof contain such encumbrances or restrictions that are not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

101

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, including the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

(2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The predecessor company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is not precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

This “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (3) and (4) will not be applicable to (a) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or selling, assigning, transferring, conveying, leasing or otherwise disposing of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the Company merging with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction.

102

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in the immediately preceding clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any transaction with the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity;

(2) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments permitted by the Indenture;

(3) the payment to the Sponsors, any of their Affiliates, and officers or Affiliates of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees, termination payments and related reasonable expenses pursuant to (A) the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (B) other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date that are entered into in connection with the Transactions and as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not less advantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(4) the payment of reasonable compensation and fees to, and indemnities provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with) officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or senior management thereof;

(5) payments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Sponsors and any of their Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(6) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

(7) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and which are otherwise permitted under the Indenture, but in any event not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(8) payments made or performance under any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date (other than the Management Agreement and Shareholders Agreement, but including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions);

103

(9) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, the Shareholders Agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto to which it is a party on the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter);provided,however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to the Shareholders Agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (9) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including Subsidiaries of the Company), in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been entered into at such time with an unaffiliated party;

(11) if otherwise permitted hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder, any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any other Affiliates of the Company (other than a Subsidiary); and

(12) any transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Business Activities

The Company will not and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Payments for Consent

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees

The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Credit Facilities) unless such Restricted Subsidiary, within 10 business days of such guarantee of such Indebtedness, executes a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee (a “Note Guarantee”) shall be senior or pari passu with such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness. The obligations of each such Restricted Subsidiary (each, a “Guarantor”) will be limited as necessary to prevent the Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released upon release of all other Guarantees by such Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company (other than the Credit Facilities) or upon satisfaction and discharge or defeasance of the Notes under the Indenture.

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or

104

any successor system), the Company will furnish to the holders of Notes, within the time periods (providedthat such time periods shall be extended by 30 days for each period through and including the first Form 10-K following the Issue Date) specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, after the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) for a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” (as defined in such rules and regulations) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any such parent to do so) holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of parent rather than the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer (as described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”) or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement relating to the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act the shelf registration statement (as described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights”) by the filing with the Commission of an exchange offer registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

Events of Default and Remedies

Under the Indenture, an Event of Default is defined as any of the following:

(1) the Company defaults in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches any covenant, warranty or other agreement contained in, the Indenture (other than a default in the performance or breach of a covenant, warranty or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1) or (2) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after the notice specified below;

(4) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

105

or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, if (A) such default either (1) results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

(6) the failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (other than any judgments covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after the applicable judgment becomes final.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes under the Indenture may declare the principal of and accrued interest on such Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (5) above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the two preceding paragraphs, the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (5) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

The holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes issued and then outstanding under the Indenture may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under such Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on such Notes.

106

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of the first paragraph above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount at maturity of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.

Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture and under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the holders of the Notes, unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes issued under such Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to promptly deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Company may, concurrently and only concurrently, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes issued thereunder to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes issued thereunder concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

107

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes issued thereunder. In the event that a Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events of the Company but including such events with respect to any Significant Subsidiary) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes issued under the Indenture.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under the Indenture:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes issued thereunder, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the Accreted Value of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued thereunder on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the respective outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or, insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel (which may be subject to certain qualifications), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be complied with if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

108

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding issued thereunder (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived (except a default in respect of the payment of principal or interest on the Notes) with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes issued thereunder (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver of the Indenture may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount at maturity of Notes issued thereunder whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the Accreted Value of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes issued thereunder (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in item (10) below);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note issued thereunder;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued thereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued thereunder by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes issued thereunder with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes issued thereunder or impair the right of any holder of Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note issued thereunder (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” except as set forth in item (10) below);

(8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the holders of the Notes;

(9) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer in respect of an Asset Sale that has been consummated after a requirement to make an Asset Sale Offer has arisen;

(10) change the method of calculation of Accreted Value; or

(11) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture or the Notes;

109

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder;

(5) to secure the Notes;

(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

(7) to provide for Guarantees;

(8) to release a Guarantor upon its sale or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other permitted release from its Guarantee;providedthat such sale, designation or release is in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(9) to conform the text of the Indenture or Notes to any provision of this “Description of Exchange Notes—Description of Holdings Senior Discount Notes.”

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for Accreted Value, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes issued thereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Company, the Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.

110

The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue to serve as trustee or resign.

The holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a more detailed presentation of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“ABL Facility” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, among the Company, BCFWC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as Syndication Agent, and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof (providedthat such increase in borrowings is permitted under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants–Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”).

“Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes:

(1) if the Specified Date occurs on one or more of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”):

Semi-Annual Accrual Date	Accreted Value
October 15, 2006	$	810.60
April 15, 2007	$	869.37
October 15, 2007	$	932.40
April 15, 2008	$	1,000.00

The foregoing Accreted Values shall be increased, if necessary, to reflect any accretion of additional interest payable as described in “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights.”

(2) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the original issue price of a note and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

(3) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such

111

Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or

(4) if the Specified Date occurs on or after Full Accretion Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by an existing Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Acquisition Agreement” that certain agreement and plan of merger dated as of January 18, 2006 between, Parent, BCFWC and BCFWC Mergersub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, pursuant to which BCFWC Mergersub, Inc. has agreed to merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving such merger.

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price at April 15, 2008 (such redemption price being set forth under the caption “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Notes through April 15, 2008 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 75 basis points; over

(b) the Accreted Value of the Notes on the date of redemption.

“Asset Sale” means (i) the sale, conveyance, transfer, lease (as lessor) or other voluntary disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company (other than the sale of Equity Interests of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or (ii) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or inventory (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(2) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the covenant contained under the caption “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

112

(3) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to the covenant contained under the caption “Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or the granting of a Lien permitted by the covenant contained under the caption “Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(4) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5.0 million;

(5) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(7) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(8) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

(9) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(10) sales of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; and

(11) a transfer of Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“BCFWC” means Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation

“BCFWC Notes” means the $305.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2014 of BCFWC.

“BCFWC Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, BCFWC, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, pursuant to which the BCFWC Notes were issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” have a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (x) 95% of the face value of all accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) 100% of the net appraised recovery

113

value of all inventory owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (provided,however, that such percentage shall be reduced to 95% after December 31, 2006), in each case, calculated on a consolidated basis;provided,however, that if Indebtedness is being incurred to finance an acquisition pursuant to which any accounts receivable or inventory will be acquired (whether through the direct acquisition of assets or the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person), Borrowing Base shall include the applicable percentage of any accounts receivable and inventory to be acquired in connection with such acquisition.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, capital stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP (except for temporary treatment of construction-related expenditures under EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” which will ultimately be treated as operating leases upon a sale-leaseback transaction).

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) U.S. dollars or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to either Credit Facility or with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250 million;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition and having a rating of at least A-1 from Moody’s or P-1 from S&P;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or pounds sterling or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and

114

(8) investment in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer or other conveyance, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Holder;

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities; or

(3) the first day on which the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office shall cease to consist of individuals who (i) were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) were either (x) nominated for election by such Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors or who were designated or appointed pursuant to clause (y) below, or (y) designated or appointed by a Permitted Holder (each of the directors selected pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii), “Continuing Directors”).

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect on the Issue Date, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, and other noncash charges (excluding any noncash item that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting), commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, net payments (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (any net receipts pursuant to such interest rate Hedging Obligations shall be included as a reduction to Consolidated Interest Expense), but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees or expensing of any bridge or other financing fees and any loss on the early extinguishment of Indebtedness) and (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less (c) interest income actually received or receivable in cash for such period;provided,however, that Securitization Fees shall not be deemed to constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;provided,however, that

(1) any extraordinary (net of any tax effect), unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, costs, charges or expenses (including, without limitation, severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses) shall be excluded;

115

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded;providedthat, to the extent not already included, Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be (A) increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends paid or distributions made to a Restricted Subsidiary to the limitations contained in clause (5) below) and (B) decreased by the amount of any equity of the Company in a net loss of any such Person for such period to the extent the Company has funded such net loss in cash with respect to such period;

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not permitted at the date of determination without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than to the extent permitted under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived;providedthat the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (3) above, increased by the amount of dividends or similar distributions that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to the provisions of this clause (5)) in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(6) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs shall be excluded;

(7) any net after-tax gains or losses and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded;

(8) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application at SFAS Nos. 141, 142 or 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed) shall be excluded;

(9) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations (including pursuant to the application of SFAS No. 133) shall be excluded; and

(10) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments made by

116

the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Consolidated Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Foreign Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in each case as shown on the most recent balance sheet.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than two times the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;providedthat such Contribution Indebtedness:

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contribution amount to the capital of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, the amount of such excess shall be (A) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) and (B) Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and

(2) (A) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (B) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date of the incurrence thereof.

“Credit Facilities” means, collectively the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility (each, a “Credit Facility”).

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of

117

control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding;provided,however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication,

(1) the provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation, amortization and non-cash charges were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) any expenses or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture (in each case whether or not consummated) or the Transactions (including, without limitation, the fees payable to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement in connection with the Transactions) and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(5) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include retention, severance, systems establishment cost, excess pension charges, contract termination costs, future lease commitments, and costs to consolidate facilities and relocate employees) deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) any other noncash charges, expenses or losses (including any impairment charges and the impact of purchase accounting, including, but not limited to, the amortization of inventory step-up) reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, other that straight-line rent expense determined in accordance with GAAP), plus

(7) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory fees, termination payments and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period pursuant to the Management Agreement, plus

(8) Securitization Fees to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, less

(9) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period) or which will result in the receipt of cash in a future period or the amortization of lease incentives).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net

118

Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or would not be restricted from being so dividended, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than to the extent permitted under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries”), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions has been legally waived.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (excluding Disqualified Stock of such entity), other than (i) public offerings with respect to common stock of the Company or of any of its direct or indirect parent corporations registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8, (ii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution or (iii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock),

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period consisting of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or repays any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or repayment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period and as if the Company or Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of such cash used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness.

If Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers or consolidations (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period.

If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have

119

made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that (A) have been realized or (B) for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken (or are taken concurrently with such transaction) or (C) for which the steps necessary for realization are reasonably expected to be taken within the twelve month period following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead,providedthat, in each case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) in the case of items (B) or (C) above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if the related hedge has a remaining term in excess of twelve months).

Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding all noncash interest expense and amortization/accretion of original issue discount (including any original issue discount created by fair value adjustments to Indebtedness in existence as of the Issue Date as a result of purchase accounting)) of such Person for such period, (b) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries and (c) all cash dividends paid during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States in effect on the date of the Indenture. For purposes of this description of the Notes, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. When used as a verb, “guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

120

“Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes by a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes;providedthat upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor. On the Issue Date there will be no Guarantors.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(i) in respect of borrowed money,

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(iii) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business or

(iv) representing any interest rate Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(b) Disqualified Stock of such Person,

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), and

(d) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset (other than a Lien on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);

provided,however, (A) that Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money and documentary letters of credit issued in connection with inventory purchases in the ordinary course of business and (B) items that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as a result of the application of EITF 97-10, “The Effect of Lessee Involvement in Asset Construction,” shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Permitted Business of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for

121

property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the last paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” (i) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;provided,however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (iii) any transfer of Capital Stock that results in an entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the date of initial acquisition) of the Capital Stock of such entity owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after such transfer.

“Issue Date” means April 13, 2006.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;providedthat in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Management Agreement” means the Advisory Agreement dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Parent, BCFWC and the Sponsors, as in effect on the Issue Date or otherwise amended, modified or supplemented.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating business.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends or accretion of any Preferred Stock.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, in each case net of legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), repayment of Indebtedness (including any required premiums or prepayment penalties) that is secured by the

122

property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company, by two Officers of the Company, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

“Parent” means Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc.

“Permitted Business” means the business and any services, activities or businesses incidental, or directly related or similar to, any line of business engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business activity that is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

“Permitted Debt” is defined under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

“Permitted Holders” means (i) each of the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates, (ii) Officers,providedthat if such Officers beneficially own more shares of Voting Stock of either of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than the number of such shares beneficially owned by all the Officers as of the Issue Date, such excess shall be deemed not to be beneficially owned by Permitted Holders, and (iii) any “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members,providedthat in the case of such “group” and without giving effect to the existence of such “group” or any other “group,” such Sponsors, Affiliates and Officers (subject, in the case of Officers, to the foregoing limitation), collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such “group.”

“Permitted Investments” means

(1) any Investment by the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

123

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof;providedthat the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(6) loans and advances to employees and any guarantees made in the ordinary course of business, but in any event not in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed an amount equal to 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);providedthat if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (10);

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent corporations (exclusive of Disqualified Stock);

(12) guarantees (including Guarantees) of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and performance guarantees and consistent with past practice;

(13) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(14) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness;provided,however, that any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or an equity interest; and

(15) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection a purchase agreement or other acquisition.

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) deposits of cash or government bonds made in the ordinary course of business to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party;

(2) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice;

(3) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;provided,however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or

124

to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized in connection with, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;provided,further,however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;provided,however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized for, such acquisition;provided,further,however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and is secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

(6) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(7) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(8) Liens to secure any Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien existing on the Issue Date or referred to in clauses (3), (4) and (19)(B) of this definition;provided,however, that such Liens (x) are no less favorable to the holders of the Notes taken as a whole, and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (y) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

(9) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” incurred in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing incurred pursuant to clause (17) of the definition of Permitted Debt;

(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or the failure to pay would not result in a material adverse effect, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted or for property taxes on property that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(11) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(12) pledges, deposits or security under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, or deposits to secure the performance of tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or deposits or other security securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements or earnest money deposits required in connection a purchase agreement or other acquisition, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(13) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable law, (i) arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Company or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(14) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar

125

encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of business or to the ownership of properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business;

(15) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not (x) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its material Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) secure any Indebtedness;

(16) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(17) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(19) (A) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $25.0 million at any time and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person;provided,however, that (x) the Lien may not extend to any other property (except for accessions to such property) owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred, (y) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (z) with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligations;providedthat individual financings of property provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(21) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(22) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture;

(24) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;

126

(25) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (20) and (21) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”);

(26) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(27) security given to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(28) landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(29) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days, (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the Company or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, or (iii) the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(30) Liens on securities which are the subject of repurchase agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

(32) Liens on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or any other Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, issued by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to such Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in cash or a contribution of equity and which (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Subsidiary, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Permitted Business;providedthat the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of

127

its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Company and Banc of America Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers relating to the Notes.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;provided,however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating business.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

“Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. The Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma calculations to EBITDA (including for acquisitions).

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable or other revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Fees” means reasonable distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets.

128

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

“Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to either the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and (e) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with such Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Shareholders Agreement” means the Shareholders Agreement dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among the Sponsors, Parent and certain other stockholders signatory thereto.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

“Sponsors” means Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its Affiliates.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

129

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity, of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise and (y) such Person or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Term Loan Facility” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, among the Company, BCFWC, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent, and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether at maturity or thereafter) or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements or indentures (in each case with the same or new agents, lenders or institutional investors), including any agreement adding or changing the borrower or any guarantor or extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof (providedthat such increase in borrowings is permitted under the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”).

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) the Credit Facilities and (iii) the BCFWC Notes Indenture.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to April 15, 2008;provided,however, that if the period from such redemption date to April 15, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than BCFWC) that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated);providedthat (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (b) such designation complies with the covenant contained under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” and (c) each of (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (II) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary to be so designated). The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any

130

Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;providedthat, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and any Indebtedness assumed or otherwise incurred in connection with such designation shall have been permitted to have been incurred by the Company pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two business days prior to such determination.

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in the Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.

“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or

(b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;providedthat (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

131

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable Treasury regulations, judicial authority and administrative rulings and practice as of the date hereof. The Internal Revenue Service may take a contrary view, and no ruling from the Service has been or will be sought. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the following statements and conditions. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders, whose tax consequences could be different from the following statements and conditions. Some holders, including insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, foreign corporations and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States, may be subject to special rules not discussed below. We recommend that each holder consult his own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of exchanging such holder’s Old Notes for Exchange Notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or non-U.S. tax law.

The exchange of the Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not be treated as an “exchange” for federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Old Notes. Rather, the Exchange Notes received by a holder should be treated as a continuation of the Old Notes in the hands of such holder. As a result, there should be no federal income tax consequences to holders exchanging Old Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

IRS Circular 230 disclosure

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this prospectus (including any attachments) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by any taxpayer for the purpose of avoiding tax-related penalties under the Code. The tax advice contained in this prospectus (including any attachments) was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transaction(s) or matter(s) addressed herein. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

132

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account under the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes.

This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes if the Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

We have agreed to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer to use in connection with any such resale for a period of at least 90 days after the expiration date. In addition, until                     , 2006, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts under the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions;

• in the over-the-counter market;

• in negotiated transactions;

• through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale;

• at market prices prevailing at the time of resale;

• at prices related to such prevailing market prices; or

• at negotiated prices.

Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers. Brokers or dealers may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. An “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 includes:

(1) any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer; or

(2) any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes.

Any profit on any resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act of 1933. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives Exchange Notes will be allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and without delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act of 1933. The holder (other than a person that is an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933) who receives Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, need not intend to participate or have an arrangement or understanding with person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes.

However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in such no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters. The holder must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with any resale transaction. A secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.

133

Further, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where the Old Notes were acquired by such participating broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes. We have agreed, for a period of not less than 90 days from the consummation of the exchange offer, to make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

For a period of not less than 90 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests those documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Old Notes, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the holders of the Old Notes against liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, including any broker-dealers.

134

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the notes will be passed upon for the issuer by Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Successor”) as of June 3, 2006 and for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Predecessor”) as of May 28, 2005 and for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and for each of the two years in the period ended May 28, 2005 including in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have agreed that, whether or not required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the holders of the notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K if we were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by our independent accountants and (ii) all reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if we were required to file such reports. Following the effectiveness of the exchange offer, we will make available to the trustee and holders of the notes, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that are required by Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein. Information filed with the SEC may be read and copied by the public at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site at http:/ /www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. In addition, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we have agreed to make available to any holder or prospective purchaser of the notes the information required to be delivered by 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

Under the indenture governing the notes we are required to file with the trustee annual, quarterly and other reports after we file these reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Annual reports delivered to the trustee and the holders of notes will contain financial information that has been examined and reported upon, with an opinion expressed by an independent public accountant. We will also furnish such other reports as may be required by law.

135

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and the years ended May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and the years ended May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the periods from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and the years ended May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the periods from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and the years ended May 28, 2005 and May 29, 2004	F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.

Burlington, New Jersey

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 3, 2006 (the “Successor”), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of May 28, 2005 (the “Predecessor”), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and for each of the two years in the period ended May 28, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at 21(b). These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holding’s (the “Company’s”) management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the Successor’s consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Successor as of June 3, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Predecessor as of May 28, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 28, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and for each of the two years in the period ended May 28, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 29, 2006

F-2

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(All amounts in thousands, except share data)

	June 3, 2006			May 28, 2005
	(Successor)			(Predecessor)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	58,376		$	47,953
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents		13,816			14,957
Investments		591			134,664
Accounts Receivable (Net of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts of $199 in 2006; $762 in 2005)		42,083			24,841
Merchandise Inventories		708,185			720,882
Deferred Tax Assets		27,916			22,187
Prepaid and Other Current Assets		17,835			18,891
Assets Held for Disposal		7,661			—
Total Current Assets		876,463			984,375
Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation		1,042,398			621,773
Long-Term Investments		—			27
Intangibles—Net of Accumulated Amortization		—			48,158
Tradename		526,300			—
Favorable Leases—Net of Accumulated Amortization		626,676			—
Goodwill		58,985			—
Deferred Tax Assets		—			16,554
Other Assets		69,727			2,381
Total Assets	$	3,200,549		$	1,673,268
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable	$	444,904		$	390,891
Income Taxes Payable		6,274			5,708
Other Current Liabilities		181,760			179,346
Current Maturities of Long Term Debt		10,360			1,190
Total Current Liabilities		643,298			577,135
Long Term Debt		1,508,119			132,347
Other Liabilities		21,974			37,633
Deferred Tax Liability		607,646			—
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity:
Successor
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01; Authorized 1,000 shares; 1,000 issued and outstanding at June 3, 2006		—			—
Capital in Excess of Par Value		446,678			—
Accumulated Deficit		(27,166	)		—
Predecessor
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01; Authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding
Common Stock, Par Value $1; Authorized 100,000,000 shares; 49,897,658 issued at May 28, 2005		—			49,898
Capital in Excess of Par Value		—			24,776
Retained Earnings		—			910,176
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		—			4
Note Receivable from Stock Options Exercised		—			(41	)
Treasury Stock at Cost; 2005—5,124,854 Shares		—			(58,660	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity		419,512			926,153
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	3,200,549		$	1,673,268

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(All amounts in thousands)

	(Successor)			(Predecessor)
	April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006			May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006			Year Ended May 28, 2005			Year Ended May 29, 2004
REVENUES:
Net Sales	$	421,180		$	3,017,633		$	3,171,242		$	2,833,484
Other Revenue		4,066			27,675			28,598			26,476
		425,246			3,045,308			3,199,840			2,859,960
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		266,465			1,916,798			1,987,159			1,765,478
Selling and Administrative Expenses		154,691			897,231			957,759			899,984
Depreciation		18,097			78,804			89,858			83,915
Amortization		9,758			494			98			75
Interest Expense		18,093			4,609			7,334			5,863
Other Income, Net		(4,876	)		(3,572	)		(14,619	)		(10,335	)
		462,228			2,894,364			3,027,589			2,744,980
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Tax		(36,982	)		150,944			172,251			114,980
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Tax		(9,816	)		56,605			66,204			42,641
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations		(27,166	)		94,339			106,047			72,339
Loss From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax Benefit of $112 in 2005 and $2,423 in 2004		—			—			(1,014	)		(4,363	)
Net Income (Loss)		(27,166	)		94,339			105,033			67,976
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments		—			(4	)		2			1
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	(27,166	)	$	94,335		$	105,035		$	67,977

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(All amounts in thousands)

	Year Ended			Year Ended
	April 13 to June 3, 2006			May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006			May 28, 2005			May 29, 2004
	(Successor)			(Predecessor)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	$	(27,166	)	$	94,339		$	105,033		$	67,976
Net Loss from Discontinued Operations		—			—			1,014			4,363
Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations		(27,166	)		94,339			106,047			72,339
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
Depreciation		18,097			78,804			89,858			83,915
Amortization		9,758			494			98			75
Provision for Losses on Accounts Receivable		374			3,479			7,501			9,201
Provision for Deferred Income Taxes		(11,305	)		(11,328	)		(5,503	)		(3,592	)
Loss (Gain) on Disposition of Fixed Assets and Leaseholds		1			2,742			(750	)		(1,710	)
Unrealized Loss on Investments		—			—			108			469
Non-Cash Rent Expense and Other		3,384			1,438			3,355			6,943
Changes in Assets and Liabilities
Investments		183			133,890			33,702			(153,677	)
Accounts Receivable		(2,296	)		2,059			(8,540	)		(16,522	)
Merchandise Inventories		48,971			(36,274	)		(98,344	)		(39,405	)
Prepaid and Other Current Assets		9,154			(8,098	)		(1,725	)		(1,753	)
Accounts Payable		(62,176	)		116,189			26,556			52,211
Accrued and Other Current Liabilities		(39,759	)		50,193			(8,687	)		15,984
Deferred Rent Incentives		(113	)		3,052			(1,652	)		(1,142	)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Continuing Operations		(52,893	)		430,979			142,024			23,336
Net Cash Provided by Discontinued Operations		—			—			67			(1,409	)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities		(52,893	)		430,979			142,091			21,927
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition Costs		(2,055,747	)		—			—			—
Cash Paid for Property and Equipment		(6,275	)		(68,923	)		(93,115	)		(125,550	)
Proceeds from Insurance Recoveries					3,822
Change in Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents		6			1,135			(5,653	)		(478	)
Proceeds From Sale of Fixed Assets and Leaseholds		4,337			697			4,507			7,310
Lease Acquisition Costs		—			(635	)		(4,225	)		(225	)
Issuance of Notes Receivable		(9	)		(55	)		(58	)		(85	)
Receipts Against Long Term Notes Receivable		—			—			35			729
Other		19			39			16			(31	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities—Continuing Operations		(2,057,669	)		(63,920	)		(98,493	)		(118,330	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities—Discontinuing Operations		—			—			(78	)		(468	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		(2,057,669	)		(63,920	)		(98,571	)		(118,798	)

F-5

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued)

(All amounts in thousands)

	Year Ended			Year Ended
	April 13 to June 3, 2006			May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006			May 28, 2005			May 29, 2004
	(Successor)			(Predecessor)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Term Debt		—			470			—			100,000
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Term Loan		900,000			—			—			—
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Senior Discount Notes		75,000			—			—			—
Proceeds from Long—Senior Notes		299,114			—			—			—
Proceeds from Long—ABL Line of Credit		428,000			—			—			—
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt		(46	)		(101,167	)		(1,048	)		(921	)
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—Term Loan		(2,250	)		—			—			—
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—ABL Line of Credit		(215,761	)		—			—			—
Issuance of Common Stock		445,830			—			—			—
Purchase of Interest Rate Cap Contract		(2,500	)		—			—			—
Treasury Stock Transactions		—			—			1,083			589
Issuance of Common Stock Upon Exercise of Stock Options		—			425			1,364			1,028
Debt Issuance Costs		(71,398	)		—			—			(578	)
Payment of Dividends		—			(1,791	)		(26,783	)		(1,334	)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities		1,855,989			(102,063	)		(25,384	)		98,784
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		(254,573	)		264,996			18,136			1,913
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		312,949			47,953			29,817			27,904
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	58,376		$	312,949		$	47,953		$	29,817
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information;
Interest Paid	$	6,223		$	5,538		$	9,363		$	5,160
Income Taxes Paid	$	26,814		$	43,351		$	86,498		$	33,372

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(All amounts in thousands, except share data)

	Common Stock		Capital in Excess of Par Value		Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Note Receivable from Options Exercised			Treasury Stock			Total
Predecessor:
Balance at May 31, 2003	$	49,766	$	22,031	$	765,284		$	1		$	(83	)	$	(59,847	)	$	777,152
Comprehensive Income:
Net Income						67,976												67,976
Net Unrealized Loss on Non-current
Marketable Securities, Net of Taxes									1									1
Total Comprehensive Income:																		67,977
Stock Options Exercised		43		985														1,028
Repayment of Note receivable from Options Exercised												20						20
Treasury Stock Transactions															589			589
Dividend						(1,334	)											(1,334	)
Balance at May 29, 2004		49,809		23,016		831,926			2			(63	)		(59,258	)		845,432
Comprehensive Income:
Net Income						105,033												105,033
Net Unrealized Loss on Non-current
Marketable Securities, Net of Taxes									2									2
Total Comprehensive Income:																		105,035
Stock Options Exercised		89		1,275														1,364
Repayment of Note receivable from Options Exercised												22						22
Treasury Stock Transactions				485											598			1,083
Dividend						(26,783	)											(26,783	)
Balance at May 28, 2005		49,898		24,776		910,176			4			(41	)		(58,660	)		926,153
Comprehensive Income:
Net Income						94,339												94,339
Net Unrealized Loss on Non-current
Marketable Securities, Net of Taxes									(4	)								(4	)
Total Comprehensive Income:																		94,335
Stock Options Exercised		3		422														425
Repayment of Note receivable from Options Exercised												41						41
Dividend						(1,791	)											(1,791	)
Balance at April 12, 2006	$	49,901	$	25,198	$	1,002,724		$	—		$	—		$	(58,660	)	$	1,019,163
	Common Stock		Capital in Excess of Par Value		Accumulated (Deficit)			Total
Successor:
Balance at April 13, 2006	$	—	$	445,830	$	—		$	445,830
Net Loss						(27,166	)		(27,166	)
Deferred Compensation—Amortization				848					848
Balance at June 3, 2006	$	—	$	446,678	$	(27,166	)	$	419,512

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1. Business

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Investments”) operate stores, in 42 states, which sell apparel, shoes and accessories for men, women and children. A majority of those stores offer home furnishings and linens department and a juvenile furniture department. As of June 3, 2006, the Company operates stores under the names “Burlington Coat Factory” (three hundred thirty-eight stores, exclusive of three stores closed for hurricane damage), “Cohoes Fashions”(seven stores), “MJM Designer Shoes” (eighteen stores), and “Super Baby Depot” (two stores). Cohoes Fashions offers merchandise in the middle to higher price range. MJM Designer Shoes offers moderately priced designer and fashion shoes. Super Baby Depot stores offer baby clothing, accessories, furniture and other merchandise in the middle to higher price range. During fiscal 2006, the Company closed its two Luxury Linens stores and four Burlington Coat Factory stores. During fiscal 2005, the Company converted its last Totally 4 Kids store into a Super Baby Depot store. In fiscal 2005, two store locations, previously operated as Decelle stores, were converted to Cohoes Fashions stores.

2. Basis of Presentation

On January 18, 2006, Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation (“BCFWC”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 18, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation (the “Company”), Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a BCFWC Acquisition, Inc.) (“Ultimate Parent” or “Holdings”) and Mergersub, Inc. (“Acquisition Sub”) to sell all of the outstanding common stock of Burlington to Holdings through a merger with Acquisition Sub, which were entities directly and indirectly owned by entities affiliated with Bain Capital Partners LLC (collectively, the “Equity Sponsors” or “Investors”).

On April 13, 2006, the transaction was consummated by the Equity Sponsors through a $2.1 billion merger of Acquisition Sub with and into BCFWC, with BCFWC being the surviving corporation in the merger (the “Merger”). Under the Merger Agreement, the former holders of BCFWC’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, received $45.50 per share. The Merger consideration was funded through the use of BCFWC’s available cash, cash equity contributions from the Equity Sponsors and the debt financings as described more fully below. We refer to the April 13, 2006 Merger as the “Transaction.”

Immediately following the consummation of the Transaction, Holdings entered into a Contribution Agreement with us to effectuate an exchange of shares whereby Holdings delivered to us all of the outstanding shares in BCFWC, and we simultaneously issued and delivered 1,000 shares of Investments common stock consisting all of our issued and outstanding stock, to the Parent.

The following principal equity capitalization and financing transactions occurred in connection with the Transaction:

• Aggregate cash equity contributions of approximately $445 million were made by the Equity Sponsors and $0.8 million in cash from members of management; and

• BCFWC (1) entered into a new $800 million secured ABL Credit Facility, of which $225 million was drawn at closing, (2) entered into a new $900 million secured term loan agreement, all of which was drawn at closing, (3) issued $305 million face amount 11 ¹/8% Senior Notes due 2014 at a discount of which the $299 million proceeds were used to finance the Transaction and (4) received a cash contribution from Investments of $75 million from an issuance of $99.3 million 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014, all of which was also used to finance the Transaction. Refer to Notes A18, A24 and J

F-8

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

for further details on long-term debt and derivative instruments and hedging activities, equity options and restricted stock awards and purchases. Investments is a guarantor of BCFWC’s obligations under the ABL Credit Facility and Term Loan.

The proceeds from the equity capitalization and financing transactions, together with $193 million of our available cash, were used to fund the:

• Purchase of common stock outstanding of approximately $2.1 billion;

• Settlement of all stock options of BCFWC under the terms of the Merger Agreement of approximately $13.8 million; and

• Fees and expenses related to the Transaction and the related financing transactions of approximately $90.8 million.

Immediately following the consummation of the Transaction, the Equity Sponsors indirectly owned 98.5% of the Company and management owned 1.5% of the Company.

In connection with the Transaction, effective as of April 13, 2006, the Certificate of Incorporation of BCFWC Mergersub, Inc. became BCFWC’s Certificate of Incorporation which resulted in the following changes to BCFWC’s authorized capital stock from 5,000,000 preferred shares, par value $1.00 per share, and 100,000,000 shares, par value $1.00 per share to 1,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000 common share, par value $1.00 per share, authorized shares of capital stock. As of June 3, 2006, all 1,000 shares of common stock were held by Investments.

3. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and all its subsidiaries in which it has the controlling financial interest through direct ownership of a majority voting interest or a controlling managerial interest (“the Company”). All subsidiaries are wholly owned except one. The Company maintains a seventy-five percent interest in this investment. The investment is consolidated, net of its minority interest.

Investments was incorporated in with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 10, 2006. Investments’ Certificate of Incorporation authorizes 1,000 shares of common stock, par value ($0.01) per share. All 1,000 shares are issued and outstanding and Holdings is the only holder of record of this stock.

4. Use of Estimates

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Certain amounts included in the consolidated financial statements are estimated based on currently available information and management’s judgment as to the outcome of future conditions and circumstances. While every effort is made to ensure the integrity of such estimates, actual results could differ from these estimates.

5. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

F-9

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

6. Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

At June 3, 2006, restricted cash and cash equivalents consisted of $11.4 million pledged as collateral for certain insurance contracts, for which the related liability is classified in the “Other Current Liabilities” line item in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and $2.4 million restricted contractually for the acquisition and maintenance of a building related to a store operated by the Company. At May 28, 2005, restricted cash and cash equivalents consisted of $12.5 million pledged as collateral for certain insurance contracts, for which the related liability is classified in the “Other Current Liabilities” line item in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and $2.5 million restricted contractually for the acquisition and maintenance of a building related to a store operated by the Company.

7. Investments

The Company classifies its investments in debt and equity securities into held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading categories in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, Accounting For Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost. The Company’s debt and equity securities expected to be sold in the near term are classified as trading securities and are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses included in net income. The Company’s investments not classified as held-to-maturity or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

8. Inventories

Merchandise inventories as of June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005 are valued at the lower of cost, on a First In First Out (FIFO) basis, or market, as determined by the retail inventory method. The Company records its cost of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), certain merchandise acquisition costs (primarily commissions and import fees), inbound freight, warehouse outbound freight, and freight on internally transferred merchandise in the line item “Cost of Sales” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Costs associated with the Company’s warehousing, distribution, buying, inspection and store receiving functions are included in the line items “Selling and Administrative Expenses” and “Depreciation” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Warehousing and purchasing costs included in “Selling and Administrative Expenses” amounted to $7.5 million, $45.4 million, $47.5 million, and $41.8 million for the fiscal period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, and from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. Depreciation related to the warehousing and purchasing functions amounted to $7.8 million, $0.1 million, $8.8 million, and $9.1 million for the fiscal period ended from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, fiscal period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005, and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. Also included in Selling and Administrative Expenses are payroll and payroll related expenses, occupancy related expenses, advertising expenses, store operating expenses and corporate overhead expenses. The Company also establishes reserves for potentially excess and obsolete inventories based on current inventory levels, historical analysis of product sales and current market conditions. The reserves are revised, if necessary, on a quarterly basis for adequacy. The Company’s reserves against inventory were $8.9 million and $15.0 million as of June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005 respectively.

9. Assets Held for Disposal

Assets Held for Disposal represents assets owned by the Company that management has committed to dispose of in the near term. The Company has either identified or is actively seeking potential buyers of the

F-10

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Assets as of June 3, 2006. The assets listed as “Held for Sale” are comprised of buildings related to store and office operations and store leases held by the Company. The assets were adjusted to their fair value at April 13, 2006 in accordance with the purchase accounting requirements and valued as follows (in thousands):

Fixed Assets	$	6,035
Favorable Leases		1,626
	$	7,661

10. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciation is computed on the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives are between 20 and 40 years for buildings, depending upon the expected useful life of the facility, and three to ten years for store fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lease term or the expected economic life of the improvement, whichever is less. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to expense as incurred. Renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized. Assets recorded under capital leases are recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments and are amortized over the lease term. Amortization of assets recorded as capital leases is included in “Depreciation” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

11. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and other identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Other identifiable intangible assets include tradenames and net favorable leases. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”) replaces the amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets with periodic tests for the impairment of these assets. SFAS No. 142 requires a comparison, at least annually, of the net book value of the assets and liabilities associated with a reporting unit, including goodwill, with the fair value of the reporting unit, which corresponds to the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit, in the absence of an active market for such unit. The Company’s annual impairment test for impairment of all reporting units occurs during the fourth quarter of each year. The Company has recorded $59.0 million in goodwill in connection with the Transaction.

12. Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for intangible assets in compliance with SFAS No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. As of June 3, 2006, the Company’s intangible assets primarily represent tradenames and net favorable lease positions. The tradename assets, such as Burlington Coat Factory, Baby Depot, Luxury Linens, and MJM Designs, are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely and do not have estimable or finite useful lives; and therefore, are accounted for as indefinite-lived assets not subject to amortization. The values of favorable and unfavorable lease positions are amortized on a straight line basis over the expected lease terms. Amortization of net favorable lease positions are included in “Amortization” on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. At May 25, 2005, the Company’s intangible assets primarily represented costs incurred to acquire long term store leases. These leasehold purchases were recorded at cost, which approximated fair value, and, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, were amortized over their minimum lease term, including option periods where the exercise of the option period was reasonably assured. The recorded net carrying value of leasehold purchases was eliminated as part of the Company’s Transaction.

F-11

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The Company tests identifiable intangible assets with an indefinite life for impairment, at a minimum on an annual basis, relying on a number of factors, including operating results, business plans and projected future cash flows. The impairment test for identifiable assets not subject to amortization consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible assets with its carrying amount. Identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment using a process similar to that used to evaluate other long-lived assets. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset.

13. Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of notes receivable and deferred financing fees and the net accumulation of excess rent income accounted for on a straight line basis over actual rental income receipts.

14. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities primarily consist of sales taxes payable, unredeemed store credits and gift certificates, accrued payroll costs, accrued insurance costs, accrued operating expenses, layaway deposits, payroll taxes payable, current portion of deferred rents and other miscellaneous items.

15. Other Liabilities

Other liabilities primarily consist of deferred lease incentives and the net accumulation of excess straight line rent expense over actual rental expenditures. Deferred lease incentives are funds receivable or received from landlords used primarily to offset the costs of store remodeling. These deferred lease incentives are amortized over the expected lease term including build out periods, rent holidays and option periods where the exercise of the option can be reasonably assured.

16. Common Stock

Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation has 1,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, which are all owned by Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. has 1,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, which are all owned by Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., has authorized 49,700,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 and 5,550,000 shares of Class L common stock, par value $0.001. Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. has outstanding as of June 3, 2006: 45,178,119 shares of Class A common stock; and 5,019,791 shares of Class L common stock.

The Class A common stock is the same as the Class L common stock, except that the Class L common stock is entitled to a preference over the Class A common stock with respect to any distribution by Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. to holders of its capital stock. After payment of such preference amount, each share of Class A common stock and Class L common stock will participate ratably in all distributions by Holdings to holders of its capital stock.

17. Store Opening Expenses

Expenses related to new store openings are charged to operations in the period incurred.

18. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

SFAS No. 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires the

F-12

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

recording of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet, measured at estimated fair value and the recognition of any unrealized gains and losses.

BCFWC entered into two interest rate cap agreements to manage interest rate risk associated with its long-term debt obligations. These agreements are classified as “Intangible Assets” within our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Each agreement became effective on May 12, 2006. One interest rate cap agreement has a notional principal amount of $300,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, and terminates on May 31, 2011. The other agreement has a notional principal amount of $700,000,000 with a cap rate of seven percent, and terminates on May 29, 2009. We do not monitor these interest rate cap agreements for hedge effectiveness. Gains and losses associated with these contracts are classified as “Interest Expense” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair market value of the interest rate contracts at June 3, 2006 amounted to $2.3 million.

19. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes for 2006 and 2005 reflect the impact of “temporary differences” between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws.

20. Other Revenue

Other Revenue consists of rental income received from leased departments, subleased rental income, layaway and alteration service charges and other miscellaneous items. Rental income from leased departments amounted to $1.4 million, $9.7 million, $9.2 million, and $9.1 million for the periods from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. Layaway and alteration service fees amounted to $0.9 million, $7.8 million, $8.4 million, and $7.9 million for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004.

21. Advertising Costs

The Company’s net advertising costs consist primarily of newspaper and television costs. The production costs of net advertising are charged to expense as incurred. Net advertising expenses, included in Selling and Administrative Expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, for period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004 were $9.4 million, $64.2 million, $64.0 million, and $61.5 million, respectively. Vendor rebates netted against advertising expense were $1.1 million, ($0.1 million), $0.8 million, and $1.5 million for the period ended from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 and from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. The Company nets certain cooperative advertising reimbursements received from vendors against specific, incremental, identifiable costs incurred in connection with selling the vendors’ products. Any excess reimbursement is characterized as a reduction of inventory and is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as inventories are sold.

22. Impairment of Long Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impaired long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144,Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Also, in general, long- lived assets and certain intangibles to be disposed of should be reported at the lower of the carrying amount or

F-13

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

fair value less cost to sell. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset with the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset with its fair value. The estimation of fair value is generally measured by discounting expected future cash flows at the rate the Company utilizes to evaluate potential investments. There were no impairments of long-lived assets for the periods from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006. For the fiscal periods ended May 28, 2005, and May 29, 2004, the Company recorded impairment charges related to leasehold improvements of various stores of $0.9 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. The impairment charges were recorded under the caption “Depreciation” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

23. Discontinued Operations

The Company continuously monitors and evaluates store profitability. Based upon these evaluations, the decision to permanently close a store or to relocate a store within its same trading market is made. The Company includes in its calculation of discontinued operations permanently closed stores only if the Company does not expect the sales of such stores to migrate to the Company’s surrounding stores. There were no discontinued operations recorded during fiscal 2006. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, during fiscal 2005, the Company’s discontinued operations reflect the operating results for three stores and the Company’s seventy-five percent investment closed during fiscal 2005 and for the eight stores closed during each of fiscal years 2004 and 2003. The following table summarizes the operating results of discontinued operations.

	Predecessor Year Ended
	May 28, 2005			May 29, 2004
	(all amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	11,301		$	22,862
Gross Margin		2,377			6,962
Selling and Administrative Expenses		3,990			10,789
Depreciation		289			1,385
Loss from Discontinued Operations Before Income Tax Benefit		(1,127	)		(6,786	)
Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax Benefit	$	(1,014	)	$	(4,363	)

24. Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

Pre-Merger Equity Plans

SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148,Accounting for Stock Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123, encourages, but does not require companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25,Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price or third party valuation of the Company’s stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

Prior to the Merger, stockholders of BCFWC approved stock incentive plans in 1998 and 2002, collectively, the “Plans”, authorizing the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation

F-14

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

rights, restricted stock, performance stock and other stock based compensation. Approximately, 490,000 shares of authorized common stock were reserved for issuance under the old Plans. During fiscal period ended May 28, 2005, BCFWC issued options to purchase 161,300 shares of its common stock to employees. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2006.

Any unexercised stock option at the time of the consummation of the Transaction was cancelled and each option holder received an amount in cash, less applicable withholding taxes, equal to $45.50 per share less the exercise price of each option.

2006 Management Incentive Plan

On April 13, 2006, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc.’s Board of Directors adopted the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (“Plan”). The Plan provides for the granting of service-based and performance-based stock options and restricted stock to executive officers and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Plan employees are granted options to purchase “units” of common stock in Holdings. Each unit consists of nine shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock of Holdings. The shares compromising a unit are in the same proportion as the shares of Class A and Class L common stock held by all stockholders of Holdings. The options are exercisable only for whole units and cannot be separately exercised for the individual classes of Holdings common stock. There are 511,122 units reserved under the Plan consisting of 4,600,098 shares of Class A common stock of Holdings and 511,122 shares of Class L common stock of Holdings.

The units granted were granted in three tranches with exercise prices as follows: Tranche 1: $90 per unit; Tranche 2: $180 per Unit; and Tranche 3: $270 per Unit. The service-based awards generally cliff vest 40% on the second anniversary of the award with the remaining ratably over the subsequent three years. All options become exercisable upon a change of control and unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, options that have not vested will terminate immediately, units issued upon the exercise of vested options will be callable and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days. The final exercise date for any option granted is the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

As of June 3, 2006, Holdings granted 347,500 options to purchase units.

Predecessor Plans:

Stock option transactions are summarized as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Options outstanding May 31, 2004	445,820		$	14.63
Options issued	161,300		$	26.00
Options cancelled	(6,800	)	$	14.02
Options exercised	(89,000	)	$	14.05
Options outstanding May 28, 2005	511,320		$	17.03
Options issued	—			—
Options cancelled	(500	)	$	26.00
Options exercised	(2,800	)	$	25.03
Options exercised and settled in connection with the Transaction	(508,020	)	$	18.28
Options outstanding April 12, 2006	0

F-15

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding under BCFWC’s option plans as of May 28, 2005:

Options Outstanding					Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding at 5/28/05	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable at 5/28/05	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$ 8.85 - $ 9.58	29,520	1.1 yrs	$	9.12	29,520	$	9.12
$12.00	54,900	4.8 yrs	$	12.00	54,900	$	12.00
$15.44	141,900	6.7 yrs	$	15.44	141,900	$	15.44
$16.28 - $16.84	122,800	3.6 yrs	$	16.59	122,800	$	16.59
$20.57 - $22.13	900	3.3 yrs	$	22.13	900	$	22.13
$26.00	161,300	9.3 yrs	$	26.00	—	$	26.00
	511,320				350,020

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants in fiscal 2005 (no options were granted during fiscal 2004 or fiscal 2003):

	2005
Risk-free interest rate	4.10	%
Expected volatility	37.65	%
Expected life	5.5 years
Contractual life	10 years
Expected Dividend Yield	0.20	%
Fair value of options granted	$  6.79

Successor Plans:

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding under Holdings’ 2006 Plan as of June 3, 2006:

Option Units Outstanding					Option Units Exercisable
	Range of Exercise Prices		Number Outstanding at 6/3/06	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable at 6/3/06	Weighted Average Exercise Price
Tranche 1	$	90.00	115,833	10 years	$	90.00	-0-	$	90.00
Tranche 2	$	180.00	115,833	10 years	$	180.00	-0-	$	180.00
Tranche 3	$	270.00	115,834	10 years	$	270.00	-0-	$	270.00
			347,500				-0-

F-16

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants under the Holdings’ 2006 Plan in fiscal 2006:

	2006
Risk-free interest rate		4.75	%
Expected volatility		70	%
Expected life		4.5 years
Contractual life		10 years
Expected Dividend Yield		0.0	%
Fair value of option units granted
Tranche 1 Tranche 2 Tranche 3	$ $ $	53.13 38.79 30.53

Holdings accounts for the 2006 Management Incentive plan using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (in thousands):

	Successor			Predecessor
				Years Ended (52 weeks)
	4/13/06 to 6/3/06			5/29/05 to 4/12/06			5/28/05			5/29/04
Net income (loss) as reported	$	(27,166	)	$	94,339		$	105,033		$	67,976
Expense under fair value method, net of tax effect		(297	)		(567	)		(252	)		—
Pro forma net income (loss)	$	(27,463	)	$	93,772		$	104,781		$	67,976

Non-vested stock: At their option, in lieu of receiving an all cash retention bonus, members of management collectively received $5.9 million in shares of restricted stock in the form of common stock of Holdings. These shares vest on April 13, 2007. Restricted stock compensation is being amortized over a one year vesting period and amounted to $0.8 million for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006. Compensation expense is recorded by the Company as additional paid-in-capital.

25. Comprehensive Income

The Company presents comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity in accordance with SFAS No. 130,Reporting Comprehensive Income.

26. Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue at the time of sale and delivery of merchandise. The Company records revenue net of allowances for estimated future returns. The reserves are based on current revenue volume and historical claims experience. The Company accounts for layaway sales and leased department revenue in compliance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101,Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. Layaway sales are recognized upon delivery of merchandise to the customer. The amount of cash received upon initiation of the layaway is recorded as a deposit liability within Other Current Liabilities. Gift cards are recorded as a liability at the time of issuance, and upon redemption the related sale is recorded.

F-17

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

27. Other Income, Net

Other Income, Net consists of investment income, gains (losses) from disposition of fixed assets ($2.7 million, $0.8 million, $1.6 million, for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively), and other miscellaneous income items. There were no gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets for the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006.

28. Vendor Rebates and Allowances

The Company receives various incentives in the form of discounts and allowances from its vendors based on the volume of purchases or for services that the Company provides to the vendor. These incentives received from vendors include rebates, allowances and promotional funds. The amounts received are subject to changes in market conditions, vendor marketing strategies and changes in profitability or sell-through of the vendor’s merchandise. Rebates and allowances received from vendors are accounted for in compliance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-16,Accounting by a Customer (including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor. EITF Issue No. 02-16 specifically addresses whether a reseller should account for cash consideration received from a vendor as an adjustment of cost of sales, revenue, or as a reduction to a cost incurred by the reseller. Rebates and allowances received from vendors that are dependent on purchases or inventories are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related inventory is sold or marked down.

Rebates and allowances that are reimbursements of specific expenses are recognized as a reduction of selling and administrative expenses when earned, up to the amount of the incurred cost. Any vendor reimbursement in excess of the related incurred cost is recorded as a reduction of cost of sales. Reimbursements of expenses amounted to $0.8 million, $0.1 million, $1.0 million, $1.1 million for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, fiscal years ended May 28, 2005, and May 29, 2004, respectively.

29. Capitalized Computer Software Costs

In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, Accounting For the Costs of Computer Software Developed For or Obtained for Internal-Use. The SOP requires the capitalization of certain costs incurred after the date of adoption in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company capitalized $0.3 million, $4.1 million, $4.2 million and $3.0 million relating to these costs during the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended, May 28, 2005, and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. As part of the Transaction, the Company recorded $42.0 million for internally developed software.

Purchased and internally developed software is amortized on a straight line basis over a three year life. The net carrying value of software is included in the line item “Property and Equipment” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and software amortization is included in the line item “Depreciation” on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

30. Lease Accounting

The Company calculates rent expense on a straight line basis over the lesser of the lease term or the economic life of the investment in the leased premises, taking into consideration step rents, rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and other lease concessions. The Company expenses rent during the construction or build-out phase of the leased property.

F-18

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

31. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

a. In March 2004, the EITF issued a consensus on EITF Issue No. 03-01,The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. In this consensus, the EITF required certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures related to debt and marketable equity securities classified as available-for- sale or held-to-maturity under SFAS No. 115 that are in an unrealized loss position at the balance sheet date but for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized. In addition, the EITF developed a basic model in evaluating whether investments within the scope of EITF Issue No. 03-01 have other-than-temporary impairment. In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1,The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Other Investments. This FSP addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment. Finally, this FSP requires certain disclosure about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary.

This FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted EITF Issue No. 03-01, FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 on May 29, 2005. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006.

b. In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 “Inventory Pricing”. The standard requires that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage) should be excluded from the cost of inventory and expensed when incurred. The provision is effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2006 and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

c. In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R)Share Based Payment. This statement establishes standards for the accounting of transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods and services, primarily with respect to accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods and services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments. Entities will be required to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). The grant-date fair value of employee share options and similar instruments will be estimated using option-pricing models. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before the modification. This statement is effective for the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt Statement No. 123(R) for fiscal 2007. The statement requires the Company to use either the modified-prospective method or modified retrospective method. The Company will utilize the modified- prospective method. Under the modified-prospective method, the Company must recognize compensation cost for all awards subsequent to adopting the standard and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding upon adoption. The statement permits the use of either the straight-line or an accelerated method to amortize the cost as an expense for awards with graded vesting. While the impact of adopting SFAS 123 (R) will depend on share-based compensation granted in the future and the fair value associated thereto, it is likely to approximate the pro forma compensation expense reported under SFAS 123 as described in the Company’s disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) in note A24. Currently, the Company follows APB No. 25 which does not require the

F-19

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

recognition of compensation expense relating to the issuance of stock options so long as the quoted market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant is less than or equal to the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

SFAS 123 (R) also amended FAS No. 95 “Statement of Cash Flows” to require the cost benefits for tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation be reported as financing cash inflows rather than as a reduction in income taxes paid, which is included within operating cash flows.

d. In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. SFAS No. 153 amends Opinion No. 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exemption for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange is considered to have commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provision is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

e. In March 2005, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation Number (FIN) 47,Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an interpretation of SFAS 143 (Asset Retirement Obligations). FIN 47 addresses diverse accounting practices that have developed with regard to the timing of liability recognition for legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 also clarifies when an entity should have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. The provision is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted FIN 47 for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2006. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

f. In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48—“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on accounting for derecognition, interest, penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and classification of matters related to uncertainty in income taxes, and transitional requirements upon adoption of FIN 48. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently in the process of assessing the impact of the adoption of FIN 48 on its results of operations and financial position.

g. In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3. SFAS No. 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of changes in accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS No. 154 also requires that retrospective application of a change in accounting principle be limited to the direct effects of the change. Indirect effects of a change in accounting principle, such as a change in nondiscretionary profit-sharing payments resulting from an accounting change, should be recognized in the period of the accounting change. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in depreciation, amortization, or depletion method for long-lived, nonfinancial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate effected by a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 154 as applicable beginning in fiscal 2007.

F-20

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

h. In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (SFAS 156). SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in specific situations. Additionally, the servicing asset or servicing liability shall be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS 156 is effective as of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year, provided the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

i. In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140” (SFAS 155). SFAS 155 simplifies accounting for certain hybrid instruments currently governed by SFAS No. 133 , “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133), by allowing fair value remeasurement of hybrid instruments that contain an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. SFAS 155 also eliminates the guidance in SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. D1, “Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, which provides such beneficial interests are not subject to SFAS 133. SFAS 155 amends SFAS No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a Replacement of FASB Statement No. 125,” by eliminating the restriction on passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special-purpose entity may hold. This statement is effective for financial instruments acquired or subject to a remeasurement after the beginning of the fiscal year starting after September 15, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

j. In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Where applicable, SFAS 157 simplifies and codifies related guidance within generally accepted accounting principles. This statement shall be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim period within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157.

32. Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ financial statements to conform to the classifications used in 2006 financial statements. These reclassifications primarily relate to the classification of line of credit commitment fees within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Line of credit commitment fees previously recorded in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expense” on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations, have been reclassified and included in the line item “Interest Expense.” Also, Deferred financing fees have been included in the line item “Other Assets” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Previously Deferred financing fees had been included in the line item “Intangibles.”

B. Acquisitions

As described in Note 2, on April 13, 2006, affiliates of Bain Capital, LLC purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation from its existing stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.1 billion. The aggregate cost together with the costs and fees necessary to consummate the transaction were financed by equity contributions of $445.8 million, borrowings from an $800 million ABL Credit Facility, of which $225 million was drawn at the closing of the Transaction, borrowings from

F-21

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

a $900 million secured term loan agreement, issuance of $305 million of Senior Notes, of which $299 million of proceeds was used in the financing of the Transaction, a cash contribution from Investments of $75 million from an issuance of $99.3 million Senior Discount Notes and from BCFWC’s available cash.

The acquisition of the Company has been accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimates of their respective values at the date of acquisition.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition are valued based on fair market value measures as determined by management with the assistance of third parties. The method used to determine the asset values include a variety of valuation techniques. With respect to trademarks, management under the advisement of a third party, adopted the income approach to value these intangible assets. Under the income approach, the value of our trademarks was determined by the present value of potential future revenues from such trademarks based on a discounted royalty rate.

With respect to internally developed software, we determined the value based on the assumed dollar value of the cost of recreating the source code of such software. The cost of recreating the source code was based on the labor costs for the man hours assumed to be required to create such source code.

In order to determine the value of our leases, we compared our leases to comparable leases available in the market and discounted current lease rates over the life of our existing leases.

In order to determine the step-up in basis for our assets, we applied either the cost approach or market approach, as management determined appropriate under the advisement of third party valuators. Under the cost approach the step-up in basis is determined by the current cost of replacement less estimated applicable depreciation. Under the market approach, the step-up is determined by the market value of comparable assets less applicable depreciation.

With respect to any of the valuation methods, if different assumptions are adopted among the third party valuators, significant changes to the allocation of the purchase price could result.

F-22

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. The purchase price allocation to underlying assets and liabilities is subject to change and the change could be material. In addition, the final determination of tax treatment of deal related expenditures and the impact of the Transaction on the Company’s ability to carry forward net operating losses as well as the final determination of actual tax expenses for fiscal 2006 could result in material changes to the purchase price allocation.

	April 13, 2006
	(in thousands)
Total acquisition consideration:
Cash paid upon acquisition	$	2,050,918
Liabilities assumed		769,251
Acquisition related costs		4,849
		2,825,018
Less: book value of net assets acquired		1,785,818
	$	1,039,200
Fair value adjustment for property, plant and equipment		416,118
Tradenames		526,300
Net favorable lease positions		637,112
Internally developed software		42,000
Deferred taxes related to valuations		(641,315	)
Goodwill		58,985
	$	1,039,200

The aggregate amortization expense for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006 for the definite lived identifiable intangibles was $4.5 million. Net favorable leases are being amortized on a straight line basis over the expected lives of the valued leases. Internally developed software is being amortized on a straight line basis over three years and is being recorded in the line item “Depreciation” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Amortization of internally developed software amounted to $1.9 million for the period from April 13, 2006 through June 3, 2006.

F-23

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Fair value condensed opening Balance Sheet

	April 13, 2006
	(in thousands)
Cash and other current assets	$	216,850
Inventory		757,156
Property, plant and equipment		1,061,244
Goodwill		58,985
Intangibles		1,234,964
Other assets		26,311
Total assets	$	3,355,510
Current portion of long-term debt	$	10,358
Accounts payable		507,080
Other current liabilities and taxes payable		226,965
Long-term debt		1,521,596
Other long-term liabilities		643,681
Stockholders’ equity		445,830
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	3,355,510

The following table reflects the pro forma revenue and net income for the periods presented as though the acquisition and related transactions had taken place at the beginning of each period (amounts in thousands):

	Year Ended June 3, 2006			Year Ended May 28, 2005
Revenue	$	3,470,554		$	3,199,840
Net Loss	$	(68,780	)	$	(22,972	)

C. Investments

Investments consist of (in thousands):

	Successor
	June 3, 2006
	Cost		Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Fair Market Value
Trading Securities (Current):
Equity Investments	$	431	$	160		$	591
	Predecessor
	May 28, 2005
	Cost		Unrealized Gains (Losses)			Fair Market Value
Trading Securities (Current):
Short Term Municipal Bond Investments	$	134,772	$	(108	)	$	134,664
Available-for-Sale Investments (Long Term):
Equity Investments	$	23	$	4		$	27

F-24

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

D. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of (in thousands):

	Successor
	June 3, 2006
	Owned			Capital Leases			Total
Land	$	182,830			—		$	182,830
Buildings		276,751		$	36,409			313,160
Store Fixtures and Equipment		262,820			—			262,820
Leasehold Improvements		304,610			—			304,610
Construction in Progress		1,283			—			1,283
		1,028,294			36,409			1,064,703
Less Accumulated Depreciation		(16,159	)		(111	)		(16,270	)
	$	1,012,135		$	36,298		$	1,048,433
Assets held for disposal								(6,035	)
							$	1,042,398

	Predecessor
	May 28, 2005
	Owned			Capital Leases			Total
Land	$	47,639			—		$	47,639
Buildings		210,947		$	27,081			238,028
Store Fixtures and Equipment		428,748			—			428,748
Leasehold Improvements		364,356			—			364,356
Construction in Progress		4,388			—			4,388
		1,056,078			27,081			1,083,159
Less Accumulated Depreciation		(458,752	)		(2,634	)		(461,386	)
	$	597,326		$	24,447		$	621,773

E. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, at June 3, 2006, consists primarily of tradenames and net favorable lease positions. Net favorable leases are amortized over their expected lease term. Intangible assets, at May 28, 2005, consist primarily of leasehold purchases, which are amortized over the minimum lease term, including option periods where the exercise of the option period can be reasonably assured. As part of the Transaction, leasehold purchases were revalued to zero.

F-25

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Intangible Assets consists of (in thousands):

	Successor
	June 3, 2006
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Trade Names	$	526,300	$	—	$	526,300
Net Favorable Leases	$	631,149	$	4,473	$	626,676
	Predecessor
	May 28, 2005
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Amount
Leasehold Purchases	$	63,245	$	15,087	$	48,158

Amortization expense related to net favorable leases amounted to $4.5 million from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006. Amortization expense of leasehold purchases amounted to $0.5 million, $4.3 million and $4.0 million for the period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and fiscal year ended May 29, 2004, respectively. Amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is estimated to be as follows: fiscal 2007—$33.6 million; fiscal 2008—$33.6 million; fiscal 2009—$33.5 million; fiscal 2010—$33.8 million and fiscal 2011—$33.5 million. Net favorable leases have a weighted average amortization period of approximately 21.4 years.

F. Goodwill

The Company has recorded $59.0 million of goodwill in connection with the Transaction representing the total purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired. The amount of goodwill recorded for the merger is based on a preliminary purchase price allocation and further refinements may be necessary.

SFAS No. 142 requires an impairment test be performed at least annually on the carrying value of goodwill. The Company expects to perform its impairment test annually during the fourth fiscal quarter.

G. Accounts Payable

Accounts payable consist of (in thousands):

	Successor June 3, 2006		Predecessor May 28, 2005
Accounts Payable—Trade	$	390,146	$	366,405
Other		54,758		24,486
	$	444,904	$	390,891

F-26

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

H. Store Exit Costs

The Company establishes reserves covering future lease obligations of closed stores. These reserves are included in the line item “Other Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reserves at June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005 consisted of (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Reserve Established	Balance at May 28, 2005		Additions		Payments			Balance at June 3, 2006
2003	$	82			$	(82	)	$	0
2004		549				(172	)		377
2005		310				(310	)		0
2006		0	$	883		(389	)		494
	$	941	$	883	$	(953	)	$	871

The Company believes that these reserves are adequate to cover the expected contractual lease payments and other ancillary costs related to the closings. Scheduled rent related payments for the costs over the next three years are as follows: fiscal 2007—$0.7 million; fiscal 2008—$0.2 million; and fiscal 2009—$0.1 million.

I. Lines of Credit

In connection with the Transaction, BCFWC entered into an $800 million Available Business Line (ABL) senior secured revolving credit facility. The facility. and Investments guarantees the obligations of BCFWC under the ABL Credit Facility. The facility is for a five year period at an interest rate of LIBOR plus a spread which is determined by the Company’s annual average borrowings outstanding. At the date of the Transaction, Burlington drew $225 million from this credit facility. The maximum borrowing under the facility during the period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006 was $225.0 million. Average borrowings during the period amounted to $150.7 million at an average interest rate of 6.9%. At June 3, 2006, $212.2 million was outstanding under this credit facility. Commitment fees of .25% are charged on the unused portion of the facility.

As of May 28, 2005, Burlington had in place a committed four year revolving line of credit agreement in the amount of $100.0 million. The term of the committed revolving line of credit automatically renewed for an additional year on its anniversary unless the lender gives notice of its intention not to renew, in which case the revolving line of credit will continue until the remaining three year term expires. Short term borrowings against the Company’s lines of credit bear interest at or below the lending bank’s prime rate. Letters of credit, related to inventory purchases, outstanding against these lines were $12.1 million at May 28, 2005. At May 28, 2005 and for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2005, Burlington had no borrowing under the line of credit. As part of the Transaction, this line of credit was terminated and replaced by the ABL Credit Facility discussed above.

F-27

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

J. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of (in thousands):

	Successor June 3, 2006			Predecessor May 28, 2005
Senior Notes, 4.06% due in annual payments of various amounts from September 30, 2006 to September 30, 2010				$	36,000
Senior Notes, 4.67% due in annual payments of various amounts from September 30, 2007 to September 30, 2013					64,000
Industrial Revenue Bonds, 6.0% due in semi-annual payments of various amounts from September 1, 2004 to September 1, 2010	$	5,000			5,735
Promissory Note, 4.43% due in monthly payments of $8 through December 23, 2011		447
Promissory Note, non-interest bearing, due in monthly payments of $17 through January 1, 2012		1,133			1,333
Senior Notes, 11 1/8% due at maturity on April 15, 2014, semi-annual interest payments from October 15, 2006 to April 15, 2014		299,179
Senior Discount Notes, 14.5% due at maturity on October 15 2014. Semi-annual discount accretion to maturity amount from October 15, 2006 to April 15, 2008 and semi-annual interest payments from October 15, 2008 to October 15, 2014.		76,517
$900 million senior secured term loan facility, Libor + 2.25% due in quarterly payments of $2.3 million from May 30, 2006 to May 28, 2013.		897,750
$800 million ABL senior secured revolving facility, Libor plus spread based on average outstanding balance.		212,239
Capital Lease Obligations		26,214			26,469
Subtotal		1,518,479			133,537
Less Current Portion		(10,360	)		(1,190	)
Long-Term Debt and Obligations Under Capital Leases	$	1,508,119		$	132,347

On April 13, 2006, BCFWC was acquired by affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC (Bain Capital). As part of the financing of the acquisition, BCFWC entered into agreements with several lenders to establish a $900 million senior secured term loan facility and an $800 million Available Business Line senior secured revolving credit facility, each of which is guaranteed by Investments. The $900 million senior secured term loan is for a seven year period at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.25%. The loan is to be repaid in quarterly payments of $2.3 million from May 30, 2006 to May 28, 2013. BCFWC is also required to make an additional payment based on 50% of the available free cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement), at the end of each fiscal year end. The $800 million ABL senior secured revolving credit facility is for a five year period at an interest rate of LIBOR plus a spread which is based on the Company’s annual average borrowings outstanding. Approximately $225 million of the line was drawn down to fund the sale transaction. Both facilities are guaranteed by substantially all of our U.S subsidiaries. At June 3, 2006, the Company’s borrowing rates related to its ABL Credit Facility and its Term Loan were 7.29% and 7.53%, respectively.

As part of the financing arrangement, the company entered into agreements with several lenders to borrow a $305 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes and a $99.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured discount notes. The $305 million senior unsecured notes, issued at a $5.9 million discount will accrue interest at a rate of 11 ¹/8% payable semi-annually on October 15th & April 15th of each year, beginning on October 15, 2006. The note is scheduled to mature on April 15, 2014 and is guaranteed by

F-28

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Investments and each of our existing and future subsidiaries. The $99.3 million senior unsecured discount note was issued at a substantial discount and generated gross proceeds of approximately $75 million. The note will accrete at a rate of 14.5% compounded semi-annually up to the accreted value of $99.3 million for the first two years through April 15, 2008. Interest will be paid semi-annually on October 15th and April 15th of each year beginning October 15, 2008 at a rate of 14.5%. The note is schedule to mature on October 15, 2014 and will not be guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For reporting purposes, the payment obligations related to the $75 million of Senior Discount Notes issued by Investments and the related debt costs have been “pushed down” to BCFWC.

On November 2, 2005, the Company prepaid in full $100 million of the Company’s senior notes without any prepayment premium. The Company used existing unrestricted cash generated from operating activities, as well as cash from the sale of short-term investments, to pay off the senior notes. The Company did not borrow any amounts in order to pay off the senior notes. In connection with the prepayment of the senior notes, the Company wrote off approximately $0.6 million in unamortized deferred debt charges during the second quarter of fiscal 2006, which was recorded in Selling and Administrative Expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In January 2006, the Company purchased the groundlease and sublease related to one of its store locations. The Company financed this purchase partially through the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $0.5 million. The note bears interest at 4.43% per annum and matures on December 23, 2011. The loan evidenced by the note is to be repaid in equal monthly installments of $7,539 which began on February 23, 2006.

The Industrial Revenue Bonds were issued in connection with the construction of the Company’s existing distribution center. The bonds are secured by a first mortgage on the Company’s existing distribution center. Indebtedness, totaling $5.0 million, is collateralized by land and buildings with a net book of $18.1 million at June 3, 2006, and payment of interest and principal is guaranteed under an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $5.9 million.

On December 5, 2001, the Company borrowed $2.0 million from the Burlington County Board of Chosen Freeholders. The proceeds were used for part of the acquisition and development costs of its warehouse facility in Edgewater Park, New Jersey. The loan is interest-free and matures on January 1, 2012. The loan is to be repaid in monthly installments of $16,667 which began on February 1, 2002.

Long-term debt scheduled maturities in each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:2007—$10.4 million;2008—$10.5 million;2009—$10.6 million;2010—$10.8 million; and2011—$11.0 million.

Schedule maturities of the Company’s capital lease obligations in each of the next five fiscal years are as follows:2007—$0.3 million; 2008—$0.3 million;2009—$0.3 million;2010—$0.4 million; and2011—$0.5 million.

Several loan agreements of the Company contain restrictions which, among other things, require maintenance of certain financial ratios, restrict encumbrances of assets and creation of indebtedness, and limit the payment of dividends. As of June 3, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to its loan agreements.

The Company has $66.3 million in deferred financing fees related to its long term debt instruments recorded in the line item “Other Assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of deferred financing fees amounted to $5.3 million from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, $0.5 million from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 and $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended May 29,

F-29

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

2004. Amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is estimated to be as follows: fiscal 2007—$10.3 million; fiscal 2008—$10.4 million; fiscal 2009—$10.4 million; fiscal 2010—$10.4 million and fiscal 2011—$9.9 million. Deferred financing fees have a weighted average amortization period of approximately 7.0 years.

K. Note Receivable from Stock Options Exercised

During fiscal 2000, BCFWC made a loan to an officer of the Company in the amount of $204,345. The loan was made in the form of a demand note having an annual interest rate of 5.57% for the purpose of enabling the officer to purchase shares of BCFWC’s Common Stock pursuant to expiring options. During fiscal 2002, the demand note was replaced with a five-year term note with a principal balance of $204,345 and an annual interest rate of 4.64%. The loan was collateralized by a mortgage on the officer’s residence. At May 28, 2005, the portion of the loan related to the exercise price of the options exercised is reflected in Stockholders’ Equity in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as Note Receivable from Stock Options Exercised. The balance of the loan was repaid during fiscal 2006.

L. Lease Commitments

The Company leases three hundred twenty three stores, warehousing and distribution facilities and office spaces under operating and capital leases that will expire principally during the next thirty years. The leases typically include renewal options and escalation clauses and provide for contingent rentals based on a percentage of gross sales.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments (excluding renewal options) under the operating and capital leases (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2007	$	121,918	$	2,497
2008		105,417		2,497
2009		86,522		2,497
2010		63,083		2,556
2011		41,201		2,616
Thereafter		117,141		44,009
Total minimum lease payments	$	535,282		56,672
Amount representing interest				(30,458	)
Present value of minimum lease payments			$	26,214

The above schedule of future minimum lease payments has not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $45.1 million and $4.8 million relating to operating leases and capital leases, respectively, under non-cancelable subleases and other contingent rental agreements.

Total rental expenses, included in Selling and Administrative Expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, under operating leases for the periods April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, year ended May 28, 2005, and year ended May 29, 2004 were $19.3 million, $113.3 million, $125.3 million and $115.9 million, respectively, including contingent rentals of $0.5 million, $2.5 million, $1.9 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. Rent expense for the above periods has not been reduced by sublease

F-30

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

rental income of $2.9 million, $18.4 million, $18.9 million and $17.7 million, which has been included in Other Income, Net for the periods April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, year ended May 28, 2005, and year ended May 29, 2004, respectively.

The Company has irrevocable letters of credit in the amount of $14.7 million to guarantee payment and performance under certain leases, insurance contracts and utility agreements.

M. Employee Retirement Plans

BCFWC has a noncontributory profit-sharing plan covering employees who meet age and service requirements. BCFWC also provides additional retirement security to participants through a cash or deferred (salary deferral) feature qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Membership in the salary deferment feature is voluntary. Employees may, up to certain prescribed limits, contribute to the 401(k) plan and a portion of these contributions are matched by BCFWC. In addition, under the profit sharing feature, the Company’s contribution to the plan is determined annually by the Board of Directors. The provision for BCFWC profit sharing and 401(k) contributions for the periods April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006, year ended June 3, 2006, year ended May 28, 2005, year ended May 29, 2004 were $1.6 million, $10.7 million, $9.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

N. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal and state taxes currently payable and those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Period Ended	Successor			Predecessor
	April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006			May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006			2005			2004
Current:
Federal	$	1,262		$	58,725		$	58,643		$	36,803
State and other		229			9,206			12,954			7,007
Subtotal		1,491			67,931			71,597			43,810
Deferred		(11,307	)		(11,326	)		(5,505	)		(3,592	)
Total	$	(9,816	)	$	56,605		$	66,092		$	40,218

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is allocated between continuing and discontinued operations as summarized below (in thousands):

Period Ended	Successor			Predecessor
	April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006			May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006		2005			2004
Continuing operations	$	(9,816	)	$	56,605	$	66,204		$	42,641
Discontinued operations		—			—		(112	)		(2,423	)
Total	$	(9,816	)	$	56,605	$	66,092		$	40,218

F-31

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective tax rate with the statutory federal tax rate is as follows:

	Successor		Predecessor
Period Ended	April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006		May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006		2005		2004
Tax at statutory rate	(35.0	)%	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	(2.1	)	3.2		4.9		3.7
State tax benefit of net operating losses					(6.7	)
Change in valuation allowance					6.2
Capitalized acquisition costs	10.7
Other charges	(0.1	)	(0.7	)	(0.8	)	(1.5	)
Effective tax rate	(26.5	)%	37.5	%	38.6	%	37.2	%

Deferred income taxes for the periods April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006, May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006 and fiscal year ended May 28, 2005 reflect the impact of “temporary differences” between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. These temporary differences are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 109.

Temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

	Successor June 3, 2006					Predecessor May 28, 2005
Period Ended	Tax Assets			Tax Liabilities		Tax Assets			Tax Liabilities
Current:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	619				$	302
Compensated absences		1,521					1,468
Inventory costs and reserves capitalized for tax purposes		12,369					9,713
Insurance reserves		12,186					9,569
Prepaid items deductible for tax purposes				$	1,836				$	1,514
Sales return reserves		2,104					791
Reserve for lawsuits		517					1,404
Other		436			—		454			—
	$	29,752		$	1,836	$	23,701		$	1,514
Non-Current:
Property and Equipment Basis Adjustments				$	153,865				$	4,644
Deferred Rent	$	11,349				$	12,047
Pre-opening costs		5,743					8,416
Intangibles					472,517
Employee benefit accruals		1,264
State net operating losses (net of federal benefit)		10,781					11,367
Valuation allowance (net of federal benefit)		(10,632	)				(10,632	)
Other		231			0		—			—
	$	18,736		$	626,382	$	21,198		$	4,644

F-32

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The Company had valuation allowances amounting to $10.6 million relating primarily to state tax net operating losses as of June 3, 2006 and as of May 28, 2005.

The Company is currently evaluating its ability to utilize its state operating losses. The valuation allowance will remain until sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance. The Company’s ability to use its state net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation in future periods pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The state net operating losses have been generated in a number of taxing jurisdictions and are subject to various expiration periods ranging from five to twenty years beginning with the Company’s 2007 fiscal year.

O. Interim Financial Information (Unaudited)

     (All amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Fiscal Year Ended June 3, 2006

	Predecessor									Successor
	13 Weeks Ended							Period from February 26, 2006 to April 12, 2006		Period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006
	August 27, 2005			November 26, 2005		February 25, 2006
Net Sales	$	650,848		$	945,409	$	1,023,662	$	397,714	$	421,180
Gross Margin		225,513			356,688		374,322		144,312		154,715
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations		(15,907	)		45,373		58,310		6,563		(27,166	)
Net Income (Loss)		(15,907	)		45,373		58,310		6,563		(27,166	)

Fiscal Year Ended May 28, 2005

	Predecessor 13 Weeks Ended
	August 28, 2004			November 27, 2004		February 26, 2005		May 28, 2005
Net Sales	$	574,180		$	872,025	$	968,109	$	756,928
Gross Margin		202,239			331,838		357,099		292,907
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations		(17,417	)		41,473		66,115		15,877
Net Income (Loss)		(18,681	)		41,695		66,718		15,302

P. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short and long term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value. Interest rates that are currently available to the Company for issuance of notes payable and long-term debt (including current maturities) with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value for debt issues. The estimated fair values of long term investments were based on market prices of the securities. The estimated fair value of long-term debt (including current maturities) is as follows (in thousands):

	Successor June 3, 2006				Predecessor May 28, 2005
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Long-Term Debt (including capital lease obligation and current maturities)	$	1,518,479	$	1,518,648	$	133,537	$	135,946

F-33

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

The fair values presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the respective year ends. Although management is not aware of any factors that could significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may differ from amounts presented herein.

Q. Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The Company manages the credit risk associated with cash equivalents and investments by investing in high-quality investments and, by policy, limiting investments only to those that meet prescribed investment guidelines. The Company has a policy of making investments in debt securities with short-term ratings of A-1 (or equivalent) or long-term ratings of A and A-2 (or equivalent). The Company maintains cash accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of such limits. Management believes that it is not exposed to any significant risks on its cash and cash equivalent accounts.

R. Segment Information

The Company reports segment information in accordance with SFAS No.131,Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Company has one reportable segment, operating within the United States. Sales by major product categories are as follows (in thousands):

Period Ended	Successor		Predecessor
	April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006		May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006		May 28, 2005		May 29, 2004
Apparel	$	333,969	$	2,412,005	$	2,525,006	$	2,225,629
Home Products		87,211		605,628		646,236		607,855
	$	421,180	$	3,017,633	$	3,171,242	$	2,833,484

Apparel includes all clothing items for men, women and children and apparel accessories such as shoes, jewelry, perfumes and watches. Home products include linens, home furnishings, gifts, baby furniture and baby furnishings.

S. Commitments and Contingencies

BCFWC was a defendant in a putative class action filed by a former employee on behalf of himself and certain current and former management-level employees at the BCFWC’s California stores. The plaintiff alleged that BCFWC violated a California state law by classifying these employees as “exempt” managerial/executive employees for purposes of the payment of overtime compensation and failing to pay them the overtime premium required for non-exempt employees. The lawsuit also claimed that BCFWC failed to provide employees with meal and rest periods required under California law. In its complaint, the plaintiff sought certification as a class, damages and penalties in unspecified amounts, statutory damages, restitution, disgorgement, injunctive and declaratory relief, and costs of litigation, including attorney fees. After filing an answer denying the claims and asserting various affirmative defenses, BCFWC entered into an agreement with the plaintiffs on July 22, 2005 to settle this claim. The court approved the settlement agreement and the case is now settled. The Company does not believe that this settlement will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company established a reserve for the settlement amount, as well as reserves relating to legal claims in connection with litigation to which the Company is party from time to

F-34

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

time in the ordinary course of business. The aggregate amount of such reserves was $1.3 million and $3.5 million as of June 3, 2006 and May 28, 2005, respectively. The Company believes that potential liabilities in excess of those recorded will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, there can be no assurances to this effect.

T. Related Party Transactions

Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Transaction, we entered into an advisory agreement with Bain Capital pursuant to which Bain Capital provides us with management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to the agreement, we pay Bain Capital a periodic fee of $1 million per fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket fees, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of each financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transaction by or involving us. Bain Capital received a fee of approximately $21.4 million in consideration for financial advisory services related to the Transaction. The advisory agreement has a 10-year initial term, and thereafter is subject to automatic one-year extensions unless we or Bain Capital provides written notice of termination, except that the agreement terminates automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control. If the agreement is terminated early, then Bain Capital will be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket fees and expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the term. The agreement includes customary indemnities in favor of Bain Capital.

Dividend Policy

Post-Transaction

Neither BCFWC nor any of its subsidiaries may declare or pay cash dividends or make other distributions of property to any affiliate unless such dividends are used for certain specified purposes including, among others, to pay general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Investments or Holdings in the ordinary course of business, or the amount of any indemnification claims made by any director or officer of Investments or Holdings, to pay taxes that are due and payable by Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, or to pay interest on Investment’s Senior Discount Notes,providedthat no event of default under BCFWC’s debt agreements has occurred or will occur as the result of such interest payment.

Pre-Transaction

Previously, cash dividends were declared at the discretion of BCFWC’s Board of Directors depending upon the financial condition, capital requirements and earnings of the Company as well as other factors which the Board of Directors may have deemed relevant. On January 10, 2005 the Board of Directors of BCFWC declared a special cash dividend of fifty-six cents ($0.56) per share payable on February 21, 2005 to stockholders of record on January 20, 2005. The paid dividend amounted to $25.0 million. The Board of Directors of BCFWC declared an annual cash dividend of four cents ($0.04) per share on August 5, 2004, payable on December 15, 2004, to stockholders of record on November 22, 2004. The paid dividend amounted to $1.8 million. A cash dividend of three cents ($0.03) per share for fiscal 2004 was declared on August 14, 2003, and was paid on December 8, 2003, to stockholders of record on November 14, 2003. The paid dividend amounted to $1.3 million.

U. Condensed Guarantor Data

On April 13, 2006, BCFWC issued $305 million aggregate principal amount of 11 ¹/8% Senior Notes due 2014. The notes were issued under an indenture issued on April 13, 2006. Investments and domestic subsidiaries

F-35

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

of BCFWC have fully and unconditionally guaranteed these notes. These guarantees are both joint and several. The following condensed consolidating financial statements present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Investments, BCFWC and the guarantor subsidiaries. The Company has one non-guarantor subsidiary that is not wholly-owned and considered to be “minor” as that term is defined in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries may declare or pay cash dividends or make other distributions of property to any affiliate unless such dividends are used for certain specified purposes including, among others, to pay general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Investments or Holdings in the ordinary course of business, or the amount of any indemnification claims made by any director or officer of Investments or Holdings, to pay taxes that are due and payable by Holdings or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, or to pay interest on Investment’s Senior Discount Notes,providedthat no event of default under the Company’s debt agreements has occurred or will occur as the result of such interest payment.

F-36

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

(Predecessor)

	As of May 28, 2005
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	—	$	43,942		$	4,011	$	—		$	47,953
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents		—		—			14,957		—			14,957
Investments		—		—			134,664		—			134,664
Accounts Receivable		—		23,190			1,651		—			24,841
Merchandise Inventories		—		1,421			719,461		—			720,882
Deferred Tax Asset		—		10,237			11,950		—			22,187
Prepaid Income Tax				534			—		(534	)
Prepaid and Other Current Assets		—		10,286			8,605		—			18,891
Total Current Assets		—		89,610			895,299		(534	)		984,375
Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation		—		32,562			589,211		—			621,773
Long-Term Investments		—		27			—		—			27
Intangibles—Net of Accumulated Amortization		—		2,346			45,812		—			48,158
Other Assets		—		1,400,420			11,604		(1,409,103	)		2,381
Deferred Tax Asset		—		—			16,797		(243	)		16,554
Total Assets	$	—	$	1,524,965		$	1,558,183	$	(1,409,880	)	$	1,673,268
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable	$	—	$	386,856		$	4,035	$	—		$	390,891
Income Taxes Payable		—		—			6,242		(534	)		5,708
Other Current Liabilities		—		101,713			77,633		—			179,346
Current Maturities of Long Term Debt		—		—			1,190		—			1,190
Total Current Liabilities		—		488,569			89,100		(534	)		577,135
Long Term Debt		—		100,000			32,347		—			132,347
Other Liabilities		—		10,000			37,633		(10,000	)		37,633
Deferred Tax Liability		—		243			—		(243	)		—
Stockholders’ Equity:
Net Unrealized Loss on Noncurrent Marketable Equity Securities		—		4			—		—			4
Preferred Stock		—		—			—		—			—
Common Stock		—		49,898			1,568		(1,568	)		49,898
Capital in Excess of Par Value		—		24,776			1,256,853		(1,256,853	)		24,776
Retained Earnings		—		910,176			140,682		(140,682	)		910,176
Note Receivable from Stock Options Exercised		—		(41	)		—		—			(41	)
Less Treasury Stock at Cost		—		(58,660	)		—		—			(58,660	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity		—		926,153			1,399,103		(1,399,103	)		926,153
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	—	$	1,524,965		$	1,558,183	$	(1,409,880	)	$	1,673,268

F-37

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

(Successor)

	As of June 3, 2006
	Investments			BCFWC			Guarantors		Eliminations			Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$	—		$	48,865		$	9,511	$	—		$	58,376
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents		—			—			13,816		—			13,816
Investments		—			—			591		—			591
Accounts Receivable		—			41,133			950		—			42,083
Merchandise Inventories		—			1,416			706,769		—			708,185
Deferred Tax Asset		—			12,091			15,825		—			27,916
Prepaid and Other Current Assets		—			9,820			8,015		—			17,835
Prepaid Income Tax		—			—			4,428		(4,428	)		—
Assets Held for Disposal		—			—			7,661		—			7,661
Total Current Assets		—			113,325			767,566		(4,428	)		876,463
Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation		—			46,521			995,877		—			1,042,398
Goodwill		—			58,985			—		—			58,985
Trademark		—			526,300			—		—			526,300
Net Favorable Leases		—			—			626,676		—			626,676
Other Assets		419,512			1,951,421			470		(2,301,676	)		69,727
Total Assets	$	419,512		$	2,696,552		$	2,390,589	$	(2,306,104	)	$	3,200,549
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable	$	—		$	441,811		$	3,093	$	—		$	444,904
Income Taxes Payable		—			10,702			—		(4,428	)		6,274
Other Current Liabilities		—			178,057			3,703		—			181,760
Current Maturities of Long Term Debt		—			9,000			1,360		—			10,360
Total Current Liabilities		—			639,570			8,156		(4,428	)		643,298
Long Term Debt		—			1,398,073			110,046		—			1,508,119
Other Liabilities		—			10,000			21,974		(10,000	)		21,974
Deferred Tax Liability		—			229,397			378,249		—			607,646
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred Stock		—			—			—		—			—
Common Stock		—			1			1,568		(1,569	)		—
Capital in Excess of Par Value		446,678			446,677			1,864,120		(2,310,797	)		446,678
Retained Earnings		(27,166	)		(27,166	)		6,476		20,690			(27,166	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity		419,512			419,512			1,872,164		(2,291,676	)		419,512
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	419,512		$	2,696,552		$	2,390,589	$	(2,306,104	)	$	3,200,549

F-38

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

(Predecessor)

	Year Ended May 29, 2004
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
REVENUES:
Net Sales	$	—	$	5,959		$	2,831,851		$	(4,326	)	$	2,833,484
Other Revenue		—		147,980			24,665			(146,169	)		26,476
		—		153,939			2,856,516			(150,495	)		2,859,960
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		—		3,569			1,765,961			(4,052	)		1,765,478
Selling and Administrative Expenses		—		107,040			793,218			(274	)		899,984
Depreciation		—		11,558			72,357			—			83,915
Amortization		—		44			31			—			75
Interest Expense		—		3,142			2,721			—			5,863
Other Income, Net		—		—			(10,335	)		—			(10,335	)
		—		125,353			2,623,953			(4,326	)		2,744,980
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		28,586			232,563			(146,169	)		114,980
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		(39,390	)		82,031			—			42,641
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations		—		67,976			150,532			(146,169	)		72,339
Net Loss From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax Benefit		—		—			(4,363	)		—			(4,363	)
Net Income (Loss)		—		67,976			146,169			(146,169	)		67,976
Net Unrealized Gain on Non-Marketable Securities, Net of Tax		—		1			—			—			1
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	—	$	67,977		$	146,169		$	(146,169	)	$	67,977

F-39

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

(Predecessor)

	Year Ended May 28, 2005
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
REVENUES:
Net Sales	$	—	$	4,715		$	3,166,527		$	—		$	3,171,242
Other Revenue		—		187,311			27,746			(186,459	)		28,598
		—		192,026			3,194,273			(186,459	)		3,199,840
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		—		3,303			1,983,856			—			1,987,159
Selling and Administrative Expenses		—		115,591			842,168			—			957,759
Depreciation		—		11,722			78,136			—			89,858
Amortization		—		67			31			—			98
Interest Expense		—		4,663			2,671			—			7,334
Other Income, Net		—		(6,031	)		(8,588	)		—			(14,619	)
		—		129,315			2,898,274			—			3,027,589
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		62,711			295,999			(186,459	)		172,251
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		(42,322	)		108,526			—			66,204
Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations		—		105,033			187,473			(186,459	)		106,047
Net Loss From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax Benefit		—		—			(1,014	)		—			(1,014	)
Net Income (Loss)				105,033			186,459			(186,459	)		105,033
Net Unrealized Gain on Non-Marketable Securities, Net of Tax		—		2			—			—			2
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	—	$	105,035		$	186,459		$	(186,459	)	$	105,035

F-40

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

(Predecessor)

	Period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
REVENUES:
Net Sales	$	—	$	4,168		$	3,013,465		$	—		$	3,017,633
Other Revenue		—		187,712			27,675			(187,712	)		27,675
		—		191,880			3,041,140			(187,712	)		3,045,308
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		—		2,680			1,914,118			—			1,916,798
Selling and Administrative Expenses		—		130,038			767,193			—			897,231
Depreciation		—		9,346			69,458			—			78,804
Amortization		—		494			—			—			494
Interest Expense		—		2,362			2,247			—			4,609
Other Income, Net		—		1,367			(4,939	)		—			(3,572	)
				146,287			2,748,077			—			2,894,364
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		45,593			293,063			(187,712	)		150,944
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—		(48,746	)		105,351			—			56,605
Net Income (Loss)		—		94,339			187,712			(187,712	)		94,339
Net Unrealized Gain on Non-Marketable Securities, Net of Tax		—		(4	)		—			—			(4	)
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	—	$	94,335		$	187,712		$	(187,712	)	$	94,335

F-41

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations

(Successor)

	Period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006
	Investments			BCFWC			Guarantors			Eliminations		Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
REVENUES:
Net Sales	$	—		$	553		$	420,627		$	—	$	421,180
Other Revenue		(27,166	)		7,034			3,508			20,690		4,066
		(27,166	)		7,587			424,135			20,690		425,246
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)		—			361			266,104			—		266,465
Selling and Administrative Expenses		—			27,338			127,353			—		154,691
Depreciation		—			1,183			16,914			—		18,097
Amortization		—			5,285			4,473			—		9,758
Interest Expense		—			15,764			2,329			—		18,093
Other Income, Net		—			2,385			(7,261	)		—		(4,876	)
		—			52,316			409,912			—		462,228
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		(27,166	)		(44,729	)		14,223			20,690		(36,982	)
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes		—			(17,563	)		7,747			—		(9,816	)
Net Income (Loss)		(27,166	)		(27,166	)		6,476			20,690		(27,166	)
Net Unrealized Gain on Non-Marketable Securities, Net of Tax		—			—			—			—		—
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$	(27,166	)	$	(27,166	)	$	6,476		$	20,690	$	(27,166	)

F-42

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

(Predecessor)

	Year Ended May 29, 2004
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Elimination		Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities	$	—	$	(61,864	)	$	83,791		$	—	$	21,927
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of Property and Equipment—Continuing Operations		—		(12,798	)		(112,752	)		—		(125,550	)
Proceeds From Sale of Fixed Assets and Leaseholds		—		—			7,310			—		7,310
Investing Activities—Other		—		315			(405	)		—		(90	)
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities—Continuing Operations		—		(12,483	)		(105,847	)		—		(118,330	)
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities—Discontinuing Operations		—		—			(468	)		—		(468	)
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities		—		(12,483	)		(106,315	)		—		(118,798	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Long Term Debt		—		100,000			—					100,000
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt		—		—			(921	)		—		(921	)
Issuance of Common Stock Upon Exercise of Stock Options		—		1,028			—			—		1,028
Treasury Stock Transactions		—		589			—			—		589
Debt Issuance Costs		—		(578	)		—			—		(578	)
Payment of Dividends		—		(1,334	)		—			—		(1,334	)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities		—		99,705			(921	)		—		98,784
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		—		25,358			(23,445	)		—		1,913
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		—		2,941			24,963			—		27,904
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	—	$	28,299		$	1,518		$	—	$	29,817

F-43

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

(Predecessor)

	Year Ended May 28, 2005
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Elimination		Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$	—	$	45,314		$	96,777		$	—	$	142,091
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of Property and Equipment—Continuing Operations		—		(5,312	)		(87,803	)		—		(93,115	)
Proceeds From Sale of Fixed Assets and Leaseholds		—		—			4,507			—		4,507
Investing Activity—Other		—		(23	)		(9,862	)		—		(9,885	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities—Continuing Operations		—		(5,335	)		(93,158	)		—		(98,493	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities—Discontinuing Operations		—		—			(78	)		—		(78	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		—		(5,335	)		(93,236	)		—		(98,571	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt		—		—			(1,048	)		—		(1,048	)
Issuance of Common Stock Upon Exercise of Stock Options		—		1,364			—			—		1,364
Treasury Stock Transactions		—		1,083			—			—		1,083
Payment of Dividends		—		(26,783	)		—			—		(26,783	)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities		—		(24,336	)		(1,048	)		—		(25,384	)
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents		—		15,643			2,493			—		18,136
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		—		28,299			1,518			—		29,817
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	—	$	3,942		$	4,011		$	—	$	47,953

F-44

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

(Predecessor)

	Period from May 29, 2005 to April 12, 2006
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Elimination		Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$	—	$	177,093		$	253,886		$	—	$	430,979
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of Property and Equipment—Continuing Operations		—		(9,280	)		(59,643	)		—		(68,923	)
Proceeds Received from Insurance		—		—			3,822			—		3,822
Investing Activity—Other		—		(31	)		1,212			—		1,181
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		—		(9,311	)		(54,609	)		—		(63,920	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Long—Term Debt		—		—			470			—		470
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt		—		(100,000	)		(1,167	)		—		(101,167	)
Issuance of Common Stock Upon Exercise of Stock Options		—		425			—			—		425
Treasury Stock Transactions		—		—			—			—		—
Payment of Dividends		—		(1,791	)		—			—		(1,791	)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities		—		(101,366	)		(697	)		—		(102,063	)
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents		—		66,416			198,580			—		264,996
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		—		43,942			4,011			—		47,953
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	—	$	110,358		$	202,591		$	—	$	312,949

F-45

Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

(Successor)

	Period from April 13, 2006 to June 3, 2006
	Investments		BCFWC			Guarantors			Elimination		Consolidated
	(All amounts in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$	—	$	138,638		$	(191,531	)	$	—	$	(52,893	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition Cost		—		(2,055,747	)		—			—		(2,055,747	)
Acquisition of Property and Equipment		—		(410	)		(5,865	)		—		(6,275	)
Proceeds from Sale of Fixed assets and Leaseholds		—		—			4,337			—		4,337
Investing Activity—Other		—		(9	)		25			—		16
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		—		(2,056,166	)		(1,503	)		—		(2,057,669	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Long—Term Debt		—		1,702,114			—			—		1,702,114
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt		—		(218,011	)		(46	)		—		(218,057	)
Issuance of Common Stock		—		445,830			—			—		445,830
Purchase of Interest Rate Cap Contract		—		(2,500	)		—			—		(2,500	)
Debt Issuance Cost		—		(71,398	)		—			—		(71,398	)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities		—		1,856,035			(46	)		—		1,855,989
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents		—		(61,493	)		(193,080	)		—		(254,573	)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period		—		110,358			202,591			—		312,949
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period	$	—	$	48,865		$	9,511		$	—	$	58,376

F-46

Burlington Coat Factory Investment Holdings, Inc.

$99,309,000 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2014

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2006

We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you other than the information contained in this prospectus. You may not rely on unauthorized information or representations.

This prospectus does not offer to sell or ask for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who can not legally be offered the securities.

The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date. For any time after the cover date of this prospectus, we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or that the information in this prospectus is correct, nor do we imply those things by delivering this prospectus or selling securities to you.

Until                     , 2006, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the exchange offer may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

We are a Delaware corporation. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of such corporation, and, with respect to any criminal actions and proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

General Indemnification

The Merger Agreement provides that, after the Merger, Parent and or BCFWC will, jointly and severally, and Parent will cause BCFWC to, indemnify and hold harmless the individuals who are now, or have been at any time prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement or who become such prior to the effective time of the Merger, BCFWC’s directors or officers or any of BCFWC’s subsidiaries, or BCFWC’s employees or any of its subsidiaries providing services to or for such a director or officer in connection with the Merger Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, against costs and liabilities incurred in connection with any pending, threatened or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or pertaining to (i) the fact that such individual is or was an officer, director, employee, fiduciary or agent of BCFWC or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) matters occurring or existing at or prior to the effective time of the Merger (including acts or omissions occurring in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby), whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the effective time of the Merger.

The Merger Agreement provides that BCFWC will provide, for a period of six years after the Merger becomes effective, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of those persons covered under BCFWC’s officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policy on terms with respect to coverage and amounts no less favorable than those of the policy in effect as of the execution of the Merger Agreement, provided that, subject to certain exceptions, the surviving corporation will not be obligated to pay premiums in excess of 300% of the annualized policy premium based on a rate as of the execution of the Merger Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the effective time of the Merger BCFWC is permitted to purchase prepaid “tail” policies in favor of such indemnified persons with respect to the matters referred to above (provided that the annual premium for such tail policy may not exceed 300% of the annualized policy premium based on a rate as of the execution of the Merger Agreement), in which case Parent has agreed to maintain such tail policies in effect and continue to honor the obligations under such policies.

Parent and BCFWC have also agreed (i) to continue in effect for at least six years after the effective time of the Merger all rights to indemnification existing in favor of, and all exculpations and limitations of the personal

II-1

liability of, the directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries and agents of BCFWC and its subsidiaries in its certificate of incorporation as of the effective time of the Merger with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the effective time of the Merger and (ii) to honor BCFWC’s indemnification agreements with its directors (including one former director, Harvey Morgan) and with certain officers, including Messrs. Nesci, Tang, Grapski, Koster and LaPenta. Each such indemnification agreement provides, among other things, that BCFWC will indemnify such indemnified person to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, including advancement of legal fees and other expenses incurred by the indemnified person in connection with any legal proceedings arising out the indemnified person’s service as director and/or officer, subject to certain exclusions and procedures set forth in the indemnification agreement.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
1.1	Senior Discount Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2006, among Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers.
1.2	Joinder to the Senior Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2006, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and the Guarantors party thereto.†
2.2	Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc and Monroe Milstein.
2.3	Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc and Andrew Milstein.
2.4	Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc and Stephen Milstein.
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.†
3.2	By-laws of Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc.†
4.1	Senior Discount Notes Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee.
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers.
4.3	Form of 141/2% Senior Discount Note due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4	Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee.†
4.5	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.†
5.1	Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as the Borrower, the Facility Guarantors party thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, the Lenders party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents.†
10.2	Guaranty, dated as of April 13, 2006, by Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. and each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Administrative Agent and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Collateral Agent.†
10.3	Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as the Borrower, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., and each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Collateral Agent.†

II-2

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
10.4	Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as the Borrower, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., and each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Collateral Agent.†
10.5	Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Realty Corp., Burlington Coat Factory Purchasing, Inc., and K&T Acquisition Corp., as the Pledgors, and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Collateral Agent.†
10.6	Credit Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006 among Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, as Lead Borrower, the Borrowers and the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as collateral agent, the Lenders party thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., General Electric Capital Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents.†
10.7	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of PNC Bank, National Association.†
10.8	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Siemens Financial Services, Inc.†
10.9	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC.†
10.10	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of National City Business Credit, Inc.†
10.11	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.†
10.12	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of HSBC Business Credit (USA), Inc.†
10.13	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of Sovereign Bank.†
10.14	Revolving Credit Note, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Borrowers party thereto in favor of North Fork Business Capital Corporation.†
10.15	Form of Swingline Note. †
10.16	Guaranty, dated as of April 13, 2006, by the Facility Guarantors party thereto in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent. †
10.17	Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among each of the Borrowers party thereto, each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent. †
10.18	Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among each of the Borrowers party thereto, each of the Facility Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.†
10.19	Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Burlington Coat Factory Realty Corp., Burlington Coat Factory Purchasing, Inc., K&T Acquisition Corp., Burlington Coat Factory of New York, LLC, Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse of Baytown, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory of Texas, Inc., as the Pledgors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent. †

II-3

EXHIBIT NO.	DESCRIPTION
10.20	Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Mark Nesci.*†
10.21	Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Paul Tang.*†
10.22	Employment Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Robert LaPenta, Jr.*†
10.23	Employment Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Elizabeth Williams.*†
10.24	Employment Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2006, by and between Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Thomas Fitzgerald.*†
10.25	Form of Employment Agreement.*†
10.26	Advisory Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Bain Capital Partners, LLC. †
10.27	Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement Pursuant to Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. 2006 Management Incentive Plan.*†
10.28	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees without Employment Agreements.*†
10.29	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, between Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and Employees with Employment Agreements.*†
10.30	Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. 2006 Management Incentive Plan.*†
12.1	Statement re Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2	Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1	Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereto).
25.1	Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.

† Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit to Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation Registration Statement No. 333-137916 on Form S-4 filed on October 10, 2006.

* Management Contract or Compensation Plan or Arrangement.

II-4

Item 21(b) Financial Statements Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

	BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD		CHARGED TO EXPENSE		CHARGED TO OTHER ACCOUNTS		BALANCE ACCOUNTS WRITTEN OFF		AT END OF PERIOD
	(All amounts in thousands)
DESCRIPTION
Successor:
Period from 4/13/2006 to 6/3/2006
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE	$	-0-	$	789	$		$	590	$	199
Predecessor:
Period from 5/29/2005 to 4/12/2006
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE	$	762	$	3,905	$	0	$	3,300	$	1,367
Period ended 5/28/05
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE	$	5,108	$	7,501	$	0	$	11,847	$	762
	BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD		CHARGED TO EXPENSE		CHARGED TO OTHER ACCOUNTS(1)		DEDUCTIONS(2)		AT END OF PERIOD
DESCRIPTION
Successor:
Period from 4/13/2006 to 6/3/06
SALES RESERVE	$	2,100	$	0	$	7,199	$	7,399	$	1,900
Predecessor:
Period from 5/29/2005 to 4/12/2006
SALES RESERVE	$	2,000	$	0	$	49,699	$	49,599	$	2,100
Period ended 5/28/05
SALES RESERVE	$	1,800	$	0	$	56,655	$	56,455	$	2,000

(1) Charged to merchandise sales.

(2) Actual returns and allowances.

II-5

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initialbona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will each be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

II-6

(f) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(g) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), or 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(h) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Burlington, State of New Jersey, on October 10, 2006.

BURLINGTON COAT FACTORY
INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, INC. (Registrant)
By:	/s/    MARK A. NESCI
Name:	Mark A. Nesci
Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark A. Nesci and Robert L. LaPenta, Jr., and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Title	Date
/S/    MARK A. NESCI         Mark A. Nesci	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	October 10, 2006
/S/    ROBERT L. LAPENTA, JR.         Robert L. LaPenta, Jr.	Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	October 10, 2006
/s/    JOSHUA BECKENSTEIN         Joshua Beckenstein	Director	October 10, 2006
/s/    JORDAN HITCH         Jordan Hitch	Director	October 10, 2006
/s/    JOHN TUDOR         John Tudor	Director	October 10, 2006
/S/    LAKI NOMICOS         Laki Nomicos	Director	October 10, 2006